Non-photosensitive cytotoxic-antibody conjugates and uses thereof

Abstract

The invention provides compounds comprising a therapeutic agent coupled to a carrier molecule, with a minimum coupling ratio of 5: 1; wherein the carrier molecule is (i) an antibody fragment or derivative thereof or (ii) an antibody mimetic or derivative thereof; and wherein the therapeutic agents are coupled onto a lysine amino acid residue; and further wherein the thera- peutic agent is not a photosensitising agent. There is also provided uses, methods relating to such compounds, as well as processes for their manufacture.

Description

NON-PHOTOSENSITIVE CYTOTOXIC-ANTIBODY CONJUGATES AND USES THEREOF The invention relates to optimised targeted therapeutic compounds comprising a carrier molecule and an active therapeutic agent, thereby providing more effective clinical treatments for various diseases requiring targeted therapeutic action. Current treatment of disease is predominantly non-targeted. Drugs are administered systemically or orally which exposes many other tissues as well as the tissues which are diseased. In cancer therapy, for example, chemotherapeutic drugs act on mechanisms which are of particular significance in cancer cells (commonly DNA or cellular replication related). However, other non-cancerous cells can also take up the chemotherapeutic drug and be affected, such as rapidly dividing bone marrow stem cells, resulting in immunosuppression and sickness (common side effects of chemotherapeutic treatments). In infectious diseases, an anti-bacterial drug is introduced into the blood (orally or by injection) and typically interferes with a particular bacterial metabolic pathway. Exposure of other tissues to the drug can result in side effects as well as the major problem of drug resistance. Virally-infected cells are also difficult to treat as their metabolism is generally practically identical to uninfected human cells. It is widely hypothesised that future advances in medicine are likely to be in the tailoring of drugs to the disease. This means, delivering the therapeutic to the correct target tissue or organism, rather than the non-selective hit and miss approach of most of the conventional drugs used today. This will result in lower doses administered, lower side effects and toxicities, and overall better clinical response for patients. There are many drugs used clinically today that are very good at treating specific diseases, once the drug has accumulated in the correct tissue. Therefore, the problem is with the specific targeting of drugs rather than their mechanism of action. Targeting drugs or other effectors to the desired cells is a well-established area. One of the main approaches to targeting is to use antibodies or cell-specific ligands as the targeting element of a multifunctional molecule (e.g. Hudson PJ. Expert Opin Investig Drugs 2000, 9: 1231-42; Borsi L, et al. Blood 2003, 102: 4384-92). Antibodies have naturally evolved to act as the first line of defence in the mammalian immune system. They are complex glycoproteins which have exquisite specificity and tremendous diversity. This diversity comes about from programmed gene shuffling and targeted mutagenesis, resulting in a vast number of different antibody sequences. This diversity means that antibodies can bind to practically any target molecule which is usually protein in nature. It is now possible to mimic antibody selection and production in vitro, selecting for recombinant human antibodies against virtually any desired target (Hoogenboom HR. Nature Biotechnology 2005, 23: 1105-16). Antibodies can bind with a high degree of specificity to target cells expressing the appropriate receptor. The affinity of an antibody is a measure of how well an antibody binds to the target (antigen). It is usually described by an equilibrium dissociation constant (<semantics>Kd<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">K_d< / annotation>< / semantics>). For antibodies that need to be internalised, the association rate is more important since the dissociation rate is less critical if the antibody is taken into the cell. A variety of technology exists to select and manipulate antibodies which have desired structural and binding properties (Wu AM and Senter PD, Nature Biotechnology 2005, 23: 1137-46). As with all biological molecules, the size of the antibody affects its pharmacokinetics in vivo (Deonarain, MP et al. 1997, Protein Eng. 10, 89-98; Batra SK et al. Curr Opin Biotechnol. 2002, 13: 603-8.). Larger molecules persist longer in the circulation due to slow clearance (large glycoproteins are cleared through specific uptake by the liver). For whole antibodies (molecular weight 150 KDa) which recognise a cancer cell antigen in an experimental mouse model system, 30-40% can be taken up by the tumour, but because they persist longer in the circulation, it takes 1-2 days for a tumour: blood ratio of more than one to be reached. Typical tumour: blood ratios are 5-10 by about day 3 (Boxer GM et al. Br. J. Cancer 1994, 69: 307-14.). From clinical trials of whole antibodies, the amount actually delivered to tumours is about 1 % of that seen in mouse models, but with similar tumour to organ ratios (Epenetos AA et al. Cancer Res. 1986, 46: 3183-91). If another molecule is attached to the antibody, then the new size and chemico- physical properties determine the altered pharmacokinetics. Additionally, properties such as net charge and hydrophilicity can affect the targeting kinetics (Gangopadhyay, A et al. Nucl. Med. Biol 1996, 23: 257-61). Some cell surface antigens are static or very slowly internalise when bound by a ligand such as an antibody. There are some which have a function that requires internalisation, such as cell signalling or uptake of metals and lipids. Antibodies can be used to deliver agents intracellularly through such antigens. Monoclonal antibodies (MAbs) have, over recent years, changed the face of medicine by facilitating the development of drugs that can specifically target biological markers associated with disease [Carter PJ. Nat Rev Immunol. 2006,6:343-57]. This has many applications, from the inhibition of disease-related factors such as VEGF in cancer or TNF in inflammatory disease, to tumour destruction in cancer. In proliferative diseases, the affected cells often have cell- surface receptors that are associated with, or over-expressed on that cell type (e.g. mutated normal cells in cancer [Scott AM et al. Nat Rev Cancer. 2012, 12:278-87] or over-stimulated immune cells in auto-immune disease [Chan AC & Carter PJ. Nat Rev Immunol. 2010, 10:301-16]). Many of the tumour-associated receptors act as growth factors that cause uncontrolled signalling leading to tumour formation. Examples of such receptors include members of the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) family (EGFR / erbB1, ErbB2 / HER2, HER3 and HER4), Hepatocyte growth factor receptor, insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor and Notch receptor [Fauvel B & Yasri A. MAbs. 2014, 6:838-51; Ménard S et al. Oncogene. 2003, 22, 6570-8; Ranganathan P et al. Nat Rev Cancer. 2011, 11:338-51; Parikh RA et al. OncoTargets Ther. 2014, 7:969-83; Weroha SJ & Haluska P. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am. 2012, 41:335-50] MAbs can bind to tumour-associated receptors and inhibit oncogenic signalling leading to tumour regression or ablation [Scott AM et al. Nat Rev Cancer. 2012, 12:278-87,4; Fauvel B & Yasri A. MAbs. 2014, 6:838-51]. Whole MAbs of various immunoglobulin sub-classes can also elicit immune responses leading to tumour eradication [Vanneman M & Dranoff G. Nat. Rev. Cancer 2012, 12:237-251]. Tumours can evolve mechanisms to overcome MAb intervention, such as increasing receptor expression [Nahta R et al Nature Clinical Practice Oncology, 2006, 3, 269-280], up-regulating alternative oncogenic signalling pathways or mutations in signalling pathway proteins [Nahta R et al Nature Clinical Practice Oncology, 2006, 3, 269-280, Gallardo A, et al Br J Cancer. 2012, 106:1367-73] and dampening down the immune response [Pardoll DM. NatRev Cancer. 2012, 12:252-64]. Commercially-approved MAbs such as trastuzumab (Herceptin®), cetuximab (Erbitux®) and pannitumumab (Vectabix®) can prolong survival for several months but are often seen as not being potent enough for significant cures [Scott AM et al. Nat Rev Cancer. 2012, 12:278-87, Sliwkowski MX & Mellman I. Science. 2013, 341:1192-8]. Additionally, patients can become resistant to MAb therapy leading to relapses, fewer treatment options and reduced survival [Nahta R et al Nature Clinical Practice Oncology, 2006, 3, 269-280; Brand TM et al. Cancer Biol Ther. 2011 11:777-92]. One desirable goal in the field of drug delivery is to specifically deliver a cytotoxic moiety to disease-affected areas in the human body such that the diseased cells are eradicated without affecting normal cells or eliciting unwanted or harmful side- effects. Attaching a cytotoxic payload to intact MAbs can increase their cell-killing potency and switch the cytotoxic mechanism of action away from immune- mediated and signalling mediated effects to a more direct tumour cell destruction [Flygare JA et al. Chem Biol Drug Des. 2013, 81:113-21; Sievers EL & Senter PD. Annu Rev Med. 2013;64:15-29; Chari RV et al. Angew Chem Int Ed Engl. 2014, 53, 3796-827; Teicher BA & Chari RV. Clin Cancer Res. 2011, 17:6389-97]. This has the potential to overcome drug resistance to the 'free' antibody and any immune-related conditions that prevent a successful outcome [Barok M et al. Breast Cancer Res. 2011, 13:R46; Baron JM et al. J Oncol Pharm Pract. 2014. [Epub ahead of print]. These so-called antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs) are well- known in the art and have been subject to considerable research into generating potent, specific, safer and stable ADCs [Flygare JA et al. Chem Biol Drug Des. 2013, 81:113-21; Sievers EL & Senter PD.. Annu Rev Med. 2013;64:15-29; Chari RV et al. Angew Chem Int Ed Engl. 2014, 53, 3796-827; Teicher BA & Chari RV. Clin Cancer Res. 2011, 17:6389-97; Adair JR et al. Expert Opin Biol Ther. 2012,12:1191-206; LoRusso PM et al. Clin Cancer Res. 2011,17:6437-47]. The most recent research streams are beginning to show promise due to well- characterised / validated human or humanised antibodies being stably linked to extremely potent drugs that disrupt microtubule function (e.g. auristatins and maytansinoids [Alley SC et al. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2009, 330:932-8; Erickson HK et al. Cancer Res. 2006, 66:4426-33]) and DNA-damaging agents (e.g. calicheamycin and PBDs [Kung Sutherland MS et al. Blood 2013, 122:1455-63; de Vries JF et al. Leukemia. 2012, 26:255-64]). ADCs such as trastuzumab-emtansine (Kadcyla®) have demonstrated superior clinical efficacy (increased survival and lower side-effects) than the same un-conjugated antibody plus free chemotherapy drugs [Amiri-Kordestani L et al. Clin Cancer Res. 2014, 20:4436-41]. Less potent cytotoxic drugs such as doxorubicin are still being developed as ADCs but limitations arise due to not enough drug being delivered by the targeting MAb [Govindan SV et al. Mol Cancer Ther 2013, 12:968-78]. Work on improving ADCs and the conjugation of drugs to carrier molecules has focussed on using polymers as linkers to join the carrier and the drug [Carlson B. Biotechnology Healthcare 2012, 9:28-31; US 8808679 B2]. This approach is effective in linking the two molecules but increases the size and complexity of synthesis of the conjugates. Increasing the macromolecular size of an ADC leads to changes in pharmacokinetics such as increased blood half-life [Deonarain MP et al (2015) Exp. Opin. Drug Discov 10; 463-81; Constantinou A, et al (2010) Biotechnol Lett 32: 609-22] and pharmacodynamics such as decreased tumour penetration [Dennis MS et al (2007) Cancer Res 67: 254-61]). A direct approach to improving ADC efficacy is site-specific conjugation which results in more homogenous conjugates of low (typically 2-4) DAR (Drug Antibody Ratio), implying that high DAR is not an effective approach due to to increased toxicity from higher payload exposure and adverse reaction to aggregates of non-optimised high DAR species [Hamblett et al. Clin Cancer Res 2004, 10: 7063-7070]. A great deal of clinical experience has been obtained with ADCs [Amiri-Kordestani L et al. Clin Cancer Res. 2014, 20:4436-41] but significant limitations still exist [Lu D et al. Cancer Chemother Pharmacol. 2014, 74:399-410; Monjanel H et al. Br J Haematol. 2014, 166:306-8; Robak T & Robak E. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2014, 23:911-24.]. Using conjugation approaches described in the art, drug loading on the antibody is not high enough to deliver sufficient concentrations of drugs to the target tissue to lead to long-term cures [Teicher BA & Chari RV. Clin Cancer Res. 2011, 17:6389-97], or to produce a significant response where the target is expressed at low levels [Wang X Et al. Mol Cancer Ther. 2011,10:1728-39]. Low drug loading is also detrimental when using drugs with relatively low toxicity, such as doxorubicin, taxanes and methotrexate as more of these drugs are needed to achieve the therapeutic effect needed. However, attempting to use higher loaded ADCs typically leads to ADCs with reduced binding function [Chari RV et al. Angew Chem Int Ed Engl. 2014, 53, 3796-827; Burke, PJ et al. Bioconjugate Chem. 2009, 20, 1242–1250], reduced solubility [Chari RV et al. Angew Chem Int Ed Engl. 2014, 53, 3796-827; Hollander, I et al. Bioconjugate Chem. 2008, 19, 358–361; Burke, PJ et al. Bioconjugate Chem. 2009, 20, 1242–1250; Zhao RY et al. J Med Chem. 2011, 54:3606-23] and the tendency to aggregate [Chari RV et al. Angew Chem Int Ed Engl. 2014, 53, 3796-827; Hollander, I et al. Bioconjugate Chem. 2008, 19, 358–361; Burke, PJ et al. Bioconjugate Chem. 2009, 20, 1242–1250; Zhao RY et al. J Med Chem. 2011, 54:3606-23; King, H et al. Bioconjugate Chem. 1999, 10, 279–288], (all three of which lead to poor pharmacokinetic properties) [Hamblett, KJ et al. Clin. Cancer Res. 2004,10, 7063–7070; Shen BQ. Nat Biotechnol. 2012, 30:184-9.], reduced drug delivery, lower therapeutic efficacy, increased side effects and unwanted toxicity [Litvak-Greenfeld D & Benhar I. Adv Drug Deliv Rev. 2012, 64:1782-99] to tissues involved in drug metabolism and clearance such as the hepatic and renal system. A further limitation with current antibodies and ADCs is the undesirable side-effects of long serum half-life (1-3 weeks) [Litvak-Greenfeld D & Benhar I. Adv Drug Deliv Rev. 2012, 64:1782-99; E.L. Sievers, et al. J. Clin. Oncol. 2001, 19, 3244-3254] which can lead to gastro-intestinal damage, peripheral neuropathy and immuno- suppression [J.J. Lee & S.M. Swain. J. Clin. Oncol. 2006, 24:1633–1642; M.A. Jordan & L. Wilson, Nat. Rev. Cancer 2004, 4, 253–265]. In addition, current whole antibody-based therapies and ADCs exhibit poor diffusion properties and lower tissue perfusion properties [Teicher BA & Chari RV. Clin Cancer Res. 2011, 17:6389-97; Jain RK. Adv Drug Deliv Rev. 2012, 64:353-365; Dennis MS et al. Cancer Res. 2007, 67:254-61] which result in a lower concentration reaching the core or poorest vascularised areas of the solid tumour [Teicher BA & Chari RV. Clin Cancer Res. 2011, 17:6389-97; Dennis MS et al. Cancer Res. 2007, 67:254- 61.]. Hence, current ADCs are less effective against larger solid tumours [Teicher BA & Chari RV. Clin Cancer Res. 2011, 17:6389-97], poorly vascularised tumours, or tumours with a dense stroma. Hamblett et al. Clin Cancer Res 2004, 10: 7063-7070 investigated in detail the drug loading of monomethyl auristatin E (MMAE) onto an anti-CD30 monoclonal antibody. They found that, whilst the IC50 potency measurement of the conjugate increased with the number of drug molecules coupled, the in vivo antitumour activity did not increase when increasing from 4 drugs per antibody to 8 drugs per antibody. Furthermore, the 8 drug loaded conjugates were poorly tolerated in vivo, with the number of conjugates that could be administered being halved from 4 drug loaded to 8 drug loaded. In addition, the 8 drug loaded conjugates were cleared from the body, twice as quickly as the 4 drug loaded conjugates. Hamblett identified that 4 drug loading of antibodies to be the maximum plausible in order to achieve best clinical effect (by balancing tumour activity, tolerance and clearance). This observation has been supported by many others [e.g. Chari RV et al. Angew Chem Int Ed Engl. 2014, 53, 3796-827]. Furthermore, it is known from Kim et al. Mol Cancer Ther 2008, 7: 2486-2497, that antibody fragments can couple to a maximum of four drug molecules before needing to resort to alternative strategies such as use of a polymer for coupling [US 2013 / 0101546]. WO 2014 / 068443 A1, WO 2014 / 134457 A2, WO 2013 / 082254 A1, WO 2012 / 104344 A1 and US 2010 / 0136033 A1 each describe drugs conjugated to antibody fragments. However, none of these documents suggest a way to overcome aggregation in antibody fragments, which would be necessary for high DAR ratios in a smaller protein than a whole IgG. For example, WO 2014 / 068443 (Pfizer) describes conjugation onto lysine residues and a specific V-kappa Lysine-188 residue. They demonstrate average DARs on a whole IgG (150kDa) of around 2-4, with a maximum DAR for some payloads of 7.8. This work would suggest that for a scFv fragment of 30kDa (1 / 5 size) a skilled person would reasonably expect a DAR of no higher than 2. WO 2014 / 134457 (Immunogen) describes direct and indirect lysine conjugations to make IgG-based ADCs of DAR around 4-5. Although DARs of up to 20 are proposed for full antibodies, this would equate to a DAR of around 4 for an scFv of 1 / 5 the size. WO 2012 / 104344 (GenMab) describes an anti-CD74 whole antibody (HuMab- CD74) and conjugates using direct and indirect lysine approaches with a variety of payloads. The DARs disclosed range from 3.7 to 4.1, which may equate to, at best, a DAR of 1 for an antibody fragment that is 1 / 5 the size. A recent review of the ADC therapy field (Chari et al. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed 2014, 53: 3796-3827) highlights that current ADCs are not sufficiently effective to be routinely used in the clinical setting. The recent marketing approval by the FDA of two ADC molecules shows that the principle of ADC can work, but with 30 years plus of research in this therapeutic area, for only two drugs to have been approved for the clinic demonstrates that these are the exception rather than rule due to difficulties in making the ADC work effectively. Accordingly, there is a need to produce improved ADCs that reduce or remove the significant limitations of current ADC approaches. The present invention now provides such improved ADCs which are optimised to reduce the limitations of current ADC therapies, as well as their use and processes for their manufacture. In a first aspect of the invention there is provided a compound comprising a therapeutic agent coupled to a carrier molecule, with a minimum coupling ratio of 5:1; wherein the carrier molecule is (i) an antibody fragment or derivative thereof or (ii) an antibody mimetic or derivative thereof; and wherein the therapeutic agents are coupled onto a lysine amino acid residue; and further wherein the therapeutic agent is not a photosensitising agent. The term "carrier molecule" includes the meaning of any agent to which the therapeutic agent is coupled. The carrier molecule comprises amino acids and includes peptides, poyeptides and proteins. In particular, the carrier molecule is intended to be an antibody fragment or antibody mimetic. The term "coupling ratio" means the number of molecules of therapeutic agent coupled to one carrier molecule. The term "photosensitising agent" (photosensitiser, photosensitising drug being used interchangeably) shall be taken to refer to a compound that belong to a class of drug that requires a secondary, physical intervention in order to activate its cytotoxic properties. The compound in its singlet state, absorbs a photon of light at a specific wavelength. This results in a short-lived excited singlet state. This can be converted by intersystem crossing to a longer-lived triplet state. This triplet state photosensitiser may have cytotoxic properties due to photooxidation by radicals, singlet oxygen and photoreaction not involving oxygen. The photo- dependent potency of a photosensitiser must be at least 1 µM when illuminated with a light source of at least 0.1 Joules using methods such as those described by Savellano MD & Hasan T [Clinical Cancer Res. 2005. 11:1658-58]. A photosensitiser can also be considered to be a class of drug that requires a secondary, physical intervention in order to activate its cytotoxic properties, whose said properties are the predominant mechanism of cell killing. By a therapeutic agent which is not a photosensitising agent, we mean any therapeutic agent except a photosensitising agent. Such therapeutic agents possess none of the photophysical properties of a photosensitiser, i.e. they do not absorb a photon of light in order to enter an excited state. The photo-dependent potency of a non-photosensitiser must be no greater than 1 µM when illuminated with a light source of at least 0.1 Joules, and is preferably 0 μΜ [Kostron et al (2003) in Photodynamic Therapy: Methods and Protocols, (Comprehensive Series in Photochemical & Photobiological Sciences, Royal Society of Chemistry publishers) Compounds comprising photosensitisers coupled to carrier molecules have been, similarly to other therapeutic agent conjugates, previously described (e.g. WO 2007 / 042775 and WO 2010 / 106341), however, such conjugates exhibit significant differences from non-photosensitiser drugs conjugates. For example, there is a clear rationale for spatial separation of photosensitisers in order to reduce and / or avoid quenching. The spatial separation of non-photosensitiser drugs has conventionally been believed to be irrelevant when considering therapeutic function as they are incapable of quenching (which is a purely light related phenomenon) or any spatially-interacting self-inhibition property and so it is now extremely surprising to find that by optimally spacing non-photosensitisers, improved ADC molecules can be produced. Photosensitisers, due to their planar-hydrophobic structure causing blood protein binding, are well known for having a long serum half-life, which contributes to their skin photosensitivity [Hopper C. Lancet Oncol. 2000; 1 212-9; Korbelik M. Photochem Photobiol. 1993; 57:846-50]. Conjugating them onto hydrophilic antibodies speeds up the blood clearance reducing these side effects [Bhatti M,P et al. Int J Cancer. 2008, 122:1155-63; Palumbo A et al. Br J Cancer. 2011, 104:1106-15]. Conversely, conjugating small molecule non-photosensitiser drugs will slow down their clearance as they naturally clear quickly from the circulation [Pimm MV et al. Int J Cancer. 1988, 41:886-91] The terms "nucleotide sequence" or "nucleic acid" or "polynucleotide" or "oligonucleotide" are used interchangeably and refer to a heteropolymer of nucleotides or the sequence of these nucleotides. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may represent the sense or the antisense strand, and to peptide nucleic acid (PNA) or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material. In the sequences herein A is adenine, C is cytosine, T is thymine, G is guanine and N is A, C, G or T (U). It is contemplated that where the polynucleotide is RNA, the T (thymine) in the sequences provided herein is substituted with U (uracil). Generally, nucleic acid segments provided by this invention may be assembled from fragments of the genome and short oligonucleotide linkers, or from a series of oligonucleotides, or from individual nucleotides, to provide a synthetic nucleic acid which is capable of being expressed in a recombinant transcriptional unit comprising regulatory elements derived from a microbial or viral operon, or a eukaryotic gene. The terms "polypeptide" or "peptide" or "amino acid sequence" refer to an oligopeptide, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence or fragment thereof and to naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. A polypeptide "fragment," "portion," or "segment" is a stretch of amino acid residues of at least about 5 amino acids, preferably at least about 7 amino acids, more preferably at least about 9 amino acids and most preferably at least about 17 or more amino acids. To be active, any polypeptide must have sufficient length to display biological and / or immunological activity. The terms "purified" or "substantially purified" as used herein denotes that the indicated nucleic acid or polypeptide is present in the substantial absence of other biological macromolecules, e.g., polynucleotides, proteins, and the like. In one embodiment, the polynucleotide or polypeptide is purified such that it constitutes at least 95% by weight, more preferably at least 99% by weight, of the indicated biological macromolecules present (but water, buffers, and other small molecules, especially molecules having a molecular weight of less than 1 kDa, can be present). The term "isolated" as used herein refers to a nucleic acid or polypeptide separated from at least one other component (e.g., nucleic acid or polypeptide) present with the nucleic acid or polypeptide in its natural source. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid or polypeptide is found in the presence of (if anything) only a solvent, buffer, ion, or other component normally present in a solution of the same. The terms "isolated" and "purified" do not encompass nucleic acids or polypeptides present in their natural source. The term "recombinant," when used herein to refer to a polypeptide or protein, means that a polypeptide or protein is derived from recombinant (e.g., microbial, insect, or mammalian) expression systems. "Microbial" refers to recombinant polypeptides or proteins made in bacterial or fungal (e.g., yeast) expression systems. As a product, "recombinant microbial" defines a polypeptide or protein essentially free of native endogenous substances and unaccompanied by associated native glycosylation. Polypeptides or proteins expressed in most bacterial cultures, e.g., E. coli, will be free of glycosylation modifications; polypeptides or proteins expressed in yeast will have a glycosylation pattern in general different from those expressed in mammalian cells. The term "OptiLink' or "OptiLinked" used herein refers to the optimization of an antibody fragment according to the invention in order to maximize payload conjugation loading whilst minimizing conjugate aggregation in vitro or in vivo whilst retaining antibody binding function. Alternative minimum coupling ratios to provide higher loading of therapeutic agent onto the carrier molecule include at least 6:1, at least 7:1, and at least 8:1 or more. Coupling drug molecules to amino acid residues can occur at a number of different amino acids. Table 1 lists conjugation strategies directed at lysine residues showing coupling chemistries which can be used with this coupling method. 5 Table 1 Functional groups for coupling drugs onto lysine amino acids [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Antibody fragments and mimics vary in amino acid sequence and the number and spacing of functional groups to couple drugs to. The most common frequently used functional group for conjugation is the primary amine found at the N-terminus and on lysine residues. A major determinant of the effectiveness of a particular therapeutic-antibody fragment conjugate is the spatial separation of the residues to which therapeutic agent molecules are attached. These residues must be distinct and topologically separated on the surface of the antibody for effective coupling and optimal pharmacokinetics of the resulting conjugate. Conjugatable residues are preferably in locations that can tolerate chemical modification without becoming unstable or prone to aggregation. Generally, proteins fold to form a hydrophobic core at the centre of the molecule with a hydrophilic surface to enable solubility in physiological solvents. Basic residues such as lysines and arginines, acidic residues such as glutamates and aspartates, polar residues such as serines (and sometimes tyrosines), cysteines, glutamines and asparagines are all commonly found on the surface of proteins. In many examples these residues are involved in maintaining the structure and function of that protein. Lysine residues are the most commonly-occuring surface amino acid [Hermanson, GT, Bioconjugate Techniques, Chapter 1,pg 30, Academic Press (2008)] and react preferentially with NHS-esters at alkali pHs. In the example of antibody fragments such as single-chain Fv, each domain is made up of a variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) domain. These can be one of any family of VH and VL domains. In the case of the antigen binding loops (complementarity determining regions, i.e. CDRs), these sequences are specific to the ability of that antibody to recognise its cognate antigen. These can be manipulated to alter the specificity or affinity of the antibody but for no other reasons. The major part of the domain sequence is the framework region. Figure 1 (modified from Knappik et al. J. Mol. Biol. 2000, 296: 57-86) indicates which residues in a human variable domain tend to be present at the surface of the antibody and which areas tend to be interior as part of the core. Given the high degree of structural and sequence homology between antibodies, these regions can generally be applied to all antibody sequences. The surface framework regions tend to contain the charged or polar residues. It is an advantage if the functional and physical properties of the therapeutic agent and the carrier molecule are qualitatively substantially unaltered in the coupled form in comparison to the properties when in an uncoupled form. By qualitatively substantially unaltered we mean that the therapeutic agent retains its therapeutic function but that this may be quantitatively different when conjugated (e.g. the therapeutic function could be enhanced compared to the unconjugated drug); and that the carrier molecule binds to the same target(s) when conjugated as when unconjugated but that may be quantitatively different (e.g. binding affinity could be higher). The term "binding affinity" includes the meaning of the strength of binding between a carrier molecule and its target (such as, but not limited to, an antibody fragment and an antigen). The compound of the invention should possess an IC50 of <100nM, preferably <1nM, more preferably <10pM, and even more preferably <0.1pM. It is preferable if the compound has an IC50 of up to 10-fold lower (i.e. 10-fold more potent) than the therapeutic agent when unconjugated. The IC50 may be at least 10-fold lower (which is the same as 10% of the original IC50) and preferably the potency will go up to 100% of the unconjugated IC50. Even more preferably, the potency is higher and so the percentage is preferably 200%, 500%, 1000% (i.e. 10-times more potent) or better. A drug maybe poorly potent on its own (e.g. cannot cross the cell membrane) but be very potent as an ADC (hence 1000% or better). The half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC50) is a measure of the effectiveness of a substance in inhibiting a specific biological or biochemical function. This measure indicates how much of a particular drug or other substance (inhibitor) is needed to inhibit a given biological process (or component thereof) by half. Determination of the IC50 for a given compound is a routine matter, and typically is determined by constructing a dose-response curve and examining the effect of different concentrations of antagonist on reversing agonist activity. The IC50 value is calculated by determining the concentration needed to inhibit half of the maximum biological response of the agonist. The compound should possess a murine serum half-life of at least 2 hours, preferably 4 hours, alternatively 8, 16, 32, 64 or 128 hours. Serum half life may also be measured in mice, or in humans. The compound preferably has a serum half- life of up to 5 times higher than the carrier molecule when unconjugated, preferably up to 10 times higher. The compound may possess a reduced half-life in comparison to the unconjugated form. A 50% drop in half-life, e.g from 4 hrs to 2 hrs is pharmacologically acceptable if associated with other advantageous features, such as low or reduced aggregation. Aggregation would lead to rapid clearance <1hr for a scFv or similar sized fragments, reducing bioavailability and also potentially inducing harmfull immune reactions. It is preferable if the half-life of the carrier molecule is maintained as close to that of the unconjugated carrier molecule, with a small drop tolerated. An increase of half-life up to 10-fold increase is desirable (e.g. 4 hrs to 20hrs in mice). Serum half-life is the calculated duration of time for a serum level of a compound to be reduced to half its initial value. Determination of the serum half-life for a given compound is a routine matter, and typically is determined by measuring the amounts of drug in the serum over time following compound administration to an organism. Serum half-life is important clinically, as it will determine the dosage regime required in order to consistently achieve a serum level of drug within a clinically effective range. The compound of the invention should possess a solubility of at least 1mg / ml in a physiologically-compatible buffer at room temperature (for example 20°C) (e.g. phosphate-buffered saline, or saline). More preferably, 2mg / ml, 4mg / ml, 8 mg / ml, 10 mg / ml, 15 mg / ml or 20mg / ml. In one embodiment the compound of the invention possesses said solubilities in the absence of additives or excipients. In an alternative embodiment the compound of the invention possesses said solubilities in the presence of one or more additives or excipients (e.g. when present as residual or non-removable amounts that are acceptable excipients to the regulatory bodies). Conjugation rections leading to the compound of the invention may also have additives or excipients to facilitate the reaction and compound solubility. Examples are polysorbate-20, tween-80, glycine, maltose, histidine, pluronic F-68, octanoic acid, N-acetyl tryptophan, benzyl alcohol, benzoic acid, propylene glycol, (chloro)butanol, isopropanol and glycerol [Hollander I. et al Bioconjugate Chem. 2008, 19:358-361; Patapoff TW & Esue O. Pharm Dev Technol. 2009, 14:659-64]. These are normally removed during processing but are sometimes present as residual or non-removable amounts that are acceptable excipients to the regulatory bodies. The compounds of the invention preferably possess a solubility described above in the presence of up to 0.5% polysorbate, 1% glycerol, 0.5% glycine, 0.1% histidine, 0.5% chlorobutanol, 5% propylene glycol, 2% benzyl alcohol, 0.05% octanoic acid and / or 0.1% N-acetyl tryptophan. The compound of the invention should exhibit an aggregation level of <5%, preferably <1% in a physiologically-compatible buffer (e.g. phosphate-buffered saline, or saline) at room temperature (for example 20°C). Aggregation can be tested by analytical size-exclusion HPLC measuring the percentage of high molecular weight material compared to the conjugate eluting at a retention time characteristic of a monomeric conjugate. The compound of the invention should have a higher drug to antibody ratio than has been achieved for a similarly massed protein with the added benefit that the drugs are favourably accessible to release via enzymic, physical or chemical mechanisms inside or outside of a cell. Lysine residues are commonly found at the surface of antibody domains. In the case of members of the germline human VH1 family, there are 5-6 lysine residues, only one or two of which are close to each other. A definition of a residue being close to another can be one that is adjacent in the primary sequence hence adjacent in the 3-dimensional structure. Alternatively, a residue may be separated according to the primary sequence, but adjacent in space due to the structure of the fold of the antibody domain. A directly adjacent amino acid residue can be defined as 3-4 angstroms apart in space. The coupling of therapeutics onto lysine residues which are directly adjacent will result in poorer pharmacokinetic and therapeutic effects (such as increased aggregation and poorer solubility). Coupling is more effective when lysine residues are further separated, preferably two amino acids apart (3.5 to 7.5 angstroms), more preferably three amino acids apart (7 to 12 angstroms), more preferably four amino acids apart (10-15 angstroms), even more preferably five amino acids apart (15-20 angstroms), yet even more preferably six amino acids apart (20-25 angstroms) or greater. Carrier molecules should be chosen, selected or engineered to possess these properties. The more lysine residues the carrier molecule possesses, with more optimal separation, the better that carrier molecule will be at forming effective and potent conjugates. Methods of determining whether amino acid residues for therapeutic coupling are close or adjacent to one another are well known in the art. Clustal sequence alignment (using web resources such as those available from the European bioinformatics Institute) is a well-established tool for comparing primary amino-acid sequence. Furthermore, in the absence of full 3 dimensional structural data for a carrier molecule, it is possible to use well-established techniques such as homology modelling using known structures (for example, that of a murine scFv) to deduce probable structure of the carrier molecule, and thereby to identify whether residues for coupling are close or adjacent in space. The high degree of homology exhibited by, for example, antibodies and antibody fragments means these techniques can be applied with a high degree of confidence. Web resources for homology modelling are available, such as the Expert Bioinformatics Analysis System from the Swiss Institute of Bioinformatics which also provides the free desktop modelling programme SwissPDB Viewer. Also The Phyre server at Imperial College can generate a homology model [Kelley LA & Sternberg MJ. Nat Protoc. 2009; 4: 363-71]. If the distribution of lysine residues is not favourable for conjugation and optimal pharmacokinetics, the carrier molecule may be altered using standard molecular biological techniques, such as site directed mutagenesis to remove poorly spaced residues (e.g. too closely positioned) or to introduce well-spaced residues. The therapeutic agents may be directly coupled to the carrier molecule at the amino acid. Alternatively, the therapeutic agents may be indirectly coupled to the carrier molecule. There are many ways to conjugate cytotoxic drugs to antibodies and antibody fragments [Ducry, L, (Ed) (2013), Antibody-Drug Conjugates book, Methods in Molecular Biology volume 1045, Chapters 9-12, Humana Press; Hermanson, G (2013) Bioconjugate Techniques book, Chapters 2-6, Academic Press]. This is summarised in Table 2. Lysine residues are favourable for conjugation because they can be present multiply on the surface of antibodies without causing detrimental effects such as unwanted cross-linking. For example, conjugation onto lysines can be direct (Table 2), using drugs or drug-linkers that possess and N- hydroxy-succinamide ester or isothiocyanate reactive group. Indirect methods for lysine conjugation include derivatising the amino group with a bifunctional linker (such as those available from Pierce Chemicals (Thermo) and Quanta Bioscience) to generate a secondary reactive group, such as 2-iminothiolane to generate a reactive thiol for conjugating to drugs or drug-linkers with thiol or maleimide reactive groups. Some lysine residues may be particularly prone to conjugation owing to enhanced nucleophilicity due to the microenvironment around that residue [Doppalapudi VR et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2010, 107:22611-6.]. Further conjugation methods are known such as native chemical ligation [Hackenberger CP, & Schwarzer D. Angew Chem Int Ed Engl. 2008;47:10030-74.], site specific conjugation including using enzymes [Behrens CR & Liu B. MAbs. 2014, 6:46-53], and disulphide bridging technologies [Castañeda, L et al. Chem Comm, 2013, 49, 8187-8189; Badescu G et al. Bioconjug Chem. 2014, 25:1124-36.]. Recent conjugation methods include the use of methylsulphonylphenyloxadiazole reactive linkers to form thioethers [Barbas C F B et al. Bioconjugate Chemistry, 2014, 25, 1402-1407], tyrosine selective labelling via the use of a tyrosine-click reaction [Barbas C F B et al. Bioconjugate Chemistry 2013, 24, 520-532 and the Inverse- electron Demand Diels-Alder (IeDDA) reaction between tetrazines and strained alkynes [Fox, J M. 2008, 130, 13518-13519], [Chin J W and Lang K Chemical reviews, 2014, 114, 4764-4806]. Table 2: Bonds for linking groups-Direct Conjugation [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] . w. [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] One embodiment of the invention is the direct conjugation of drugs bearing an N- hydroxy-succinimide ester to multiple (n) lysine residues, where n>4. Another embodiment of this invention is the indirect conjugation to n lysine residues where cross-linker SMCC is used to modify surface lysine residues, generating a reducible thiol for conjugating to drugs or drug-linkers bearing a thiol or maleimide group. Mixtures of drugs with the same reactive group can be used in the chemical conjugation reaction to generate conjugates with more than one cytotoxic therapeutic drug type or a combination of therapeutic drug and diagnostic agent such as a fluorescent dye [Fernandez-Fernandez A et al. Appl Biochem Biotechnol. 201, 165:1628-51.]. Such conjugates could potentially be useful for overcoming drug resistance or allowing combined imaging and treatment (theranostic). By "small molecule" we mean molecules, whether naturally-occurring or artificially created (e.g., via chemical synthesis) that have a relatively low molecular weight. Preferred small molecules are biologically active in that they produce a local or systemic effect in animals, preferably mammals, more preferably humans. In certain preferred examples, the small molecule is a drug and the small molecule is referred to as "drug molecule" or "drug" or "therapeutic agent". In certain embodiments, the drug molecule has a molecular weight (MW) less than or equal to about 5 kDa. In other embodiments, the drug molecule has MW less than or equal to about 1.5 kDa. In other embodiments, the drug molecule is selected from vinca alkaloids, dolostatins, auristatins, tubulysins, duocarmycins, kinase inhibitors, ellipticines, MEK inhibitors, KSP inhibitors, DNA alkylating agents, DNA intercalators and Topoisomerase inhibitors and analogs thereof [Carmen Avendaño and J. Carlos Menéndez (2008). The medicinal chemistry of anti-cancer drugs, Elsevier Press; Cragg GM et al (2012). Anti-cancer agents from natural products, 2nd ed, CRC press]. Preferably, though not necessarily, the drug is one that has already been deemed safe and effective for use by an appropriate governmental agency or body, e.g., the FDA. For example, drugs for human use listed by the FDA are all considered suitable for use with this technology. Types of drug molecules that can be used in practice include, but are not limited to, anti-cancer substances, radionuclides, vitamins, anti-AIDS substances, antibiotics, immunosuppressants, anti-viral substances, enzyme inhibitors, neurotoxins, opioids, hypnotics, anti-histamines, lubricants, tranquilizers, anti- convulsants, muscle relaxants and anti-Parkinson substances, anti-spasmodics and muscle contractants including channel blockers, miotics and anti-cholinergics, anti-glaucoma compounds, anti-parasite and / or anti-protozoal compounds, modulators of cell-extracellular matrix interactions including cell growth inhibitors and anti-adhesion molecules, vasodilating agents, inhibitors of DNA, RNA or protein synthesis, anti-hypertensives, analgesics, anti-pyretics, steroidal and non- steroidal anti-inflammatory agents, anti-angiogenic factors, anti-secretory factors, anticoagulants and / or antithrombotic agents, local anesthetics, ophthalmics, prostaglandins, anti-depressants, anti-psychotic substances, anti-emetics, imaging agents. It is preferred that the carrier molecule binds selectively to a target. The target may be a target cell or an extracellular target molecule. The target cell is one to which the therapeutic agent is to be delivered, or is located in a tissue to which the therapeutic agent is to be delivered. The terms "selective binding" and "binding selectivity" indicates that the variable regions of the antibodies of the invention recognise and bind polypeptides of the invention exclusively (i.e., able to distinguish the polypeptide of the invention from other similar polypeptides despite sequence identity, homology, or similarity found in the family of polypeptides), but may also interact with other proteins (for example, S. aureus protein A or other antibodies in ELISA techniques) through interactions with sequences outside the variable region of the antibodies, and in particular, in the constant region of the molecule. Screening assays to determine binding selectivity of an antibody of the invention are well known and routinely practiced in the art. For a comprehensive discussion of such assays, see Harlow et al. (Eds), Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory; Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1988), Chapter 6. The carrier molecule, on binding the target cell, may be internalised into the cell in order to bring the therapeutic agent to a site of action inside the cell. Alternatively, the carrier molecule, on binding the target or target cell, is not internalised into the cell, and instead the therapeutic agent acts outside of the cell. A further alternative is where the carrier molecule, following binding of the target, is decoupled from the therapeutic agent. In other words the therapeutic agent is released from the carrier to become free molecules. These free molecules may then act outside of the cell, or be taken up into the cell by a non-antibody dependent route. The carrier molecule may, in one embodiment be an antibody fragment. The term "antibody fragment" shall be taken to refer to any antibody-based molecule which does not include all of the domains of a whole antibody. It is intended to embrace fragments of wildtype antibodies, synthetic antibodies, recombinant antibodies or antibody hybrids. It is preferred if the antibody fragment excludes the Fc region of a whole antibody. In particular, it is preferred if the antibody fragment does not include the CH2 and CH3 regions of a whole antibody. Antibody fragments that are suitable for use in this invention are selected from scFv, Fv, Fab, F(ab')2, Fab-SH, dsFv, bc-scFv, sdAb, di-scFvs (also known as bi- scFvs), Fcabs, domain antibodies, nanobodies, VHH domains, bispecific formats such as bispecific T-cell engagers, diabodies, and tandabs. Antibody fragments are functional portions of whole immunoglobulins that possess advantageous properties over complete antibodies such as faster penetration into dense or solid tumours, reduced cross-reactivity with normal tissues and more rapid clearance from the circulation, thus reducing normal tissue exposure overall. It is well known in the art that antibody fragments demonstrate faster pharmacokinetics, dispersing into tissues and eliminating more rapidly (ADME- adsorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion properties). They are also easier to produce in more cost-effective systems such as microbial expression systems [de Marco A. Microb Cell Fact. 2009, 8:26; Spadiut O et al. Trends Biotechnol. 2014, 32:54-60]. Antibody fragments can be produced by chemical or enzymatic cleavage, but, more preferably, are produced using recombinant DNA technology. The latter allows for indefinite protein expression in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell lines and genetic modification leading to fragments with enhanced or additional properties. Antibody fragments normally possess at least one variable (V-) domain because V-domains contain the complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) or loops for antigen binding [Carter PJ. Nat Rev Immunol. 2006, 6: 343-57]. More recently, CDR-like loops have been inserted into non-variable domains (e.g. constant-heavy-3, CH3 domains) enabling these domains to bind to useful or predetermined targets [Wozniak-Knopp, G et al. Protein Eng. Des. Sel. 2010, 23, 289-297]. For antibody fragments to be used effectively as carrier vehicles for cytotoxic drugs, they must possess biophysical properties that allow high drug loading via chemical conjugation (or strong and specific non-covalent interactions) without detrimentally affecting protein stability, antibody-antigen binding, and drug-favourable properties such as solubility, aggregation and immunogenicity. Very rarely are these features inherent to antibody fragments [Wörn A & Plückthun A. J Mol Biol. 2001, 305:989- 1010] so these additional benefits must be engineered into antibody fragments to make them practically useful [Schaefer JV & Plückthun A. Protein Eng Des Sel. 2012, 25:485-506]. One example of such a feature is the incorporation of additional or more optimally distributed surface lysine residues onto antibody fragments, thus increasing its capacity for drug conjugation using amine-directed chemistry. Other amino acids could be used, such as optimally distributed cysteines, tyrosines, glutamates, aspartates, arginines, asparagines, histidines and serines, but lysines are more preferable due to the well-established and successful chemical approaches for conjugation and relative inertness to conjugation without specific activating groups [Ducry, L, (Ed) (2013), Antibody-Drug Conjugates book, Methods in Molecular Biology volume 1045, Chapter 10, Humana Press]. Non-natural amino acids such as p-Acetylphenylalanine and formyl-glycine can also be used [Behrens CR & Liu B. MAbs. 2014, 6:46-53]. The identification of positions for antibody fragment modification can be by direct analysis of the 3-dimensional structure of the antibody fragment (or parental whole antibody), if available, or by homology modelling using a number of software resources such as Phyre [Kelley LA & Sternberg MJ. Nat Protoc. 2009; 4: 363-71]. The criteria for selecting positions include: (1) the use of amino acids already favoured or conserved at that position (identified from databases such as IMGT or Kabat [Patrick Chames (ed.), Antibody Engineering: Methods and Protocols, Second Edition, Methods in Molecular Biology, vol. 907, Chapter 1]) or through practical demonstration by making and testing antibody fragment mutants; (2) Distribution of residues away from positions that would interfere with antigen binding; and, (3) Separation of conjugating residues so that they do not sterically hinder (or predicted to hinder) each other during chemical reactions or drug release reactions or form highly hydrophobic patches leading to aggregation The optimisation of protein surface lysine residues can be achieved by increasing, decreasing or re-spacing (for example, through site-directed mutagenesis) so that they are more accessible to bio-conjugation, allowing more complete and therefore more homogeneous conjugation reactions, and at the same time as not adversely affecting antigen binding, protein stability, solubility or aggregation properties. Residues can be manipulated singly, step by step or multiply. The nucleotide sequence encoding the antibody fragment or optimized antibody fragment to be expressed can be made by mutagenesis of an existing gene sequence or by gene synthesis, inserted into a cloning vector for sequence / structure confirmation and re-cloned into a vector bearing the appropriate regulatory elements for protein expression, using established molecular biology methods such as those described by Sambrook et al [Molecular Cloning book (2000), 3rd Ed, Cold Spring Harbour] or [Patrick Chames (ed.), Antibody Engineering: Methods and Protocols, Second Edition, Methods in Molecular Biology, vol. 907, Chapter 18-23]. These elements include promoters, enhancers, terminators, translation regulatory sequences and marker genes for clone selection (e.g. carbenicillin for E. coli, neomycin for mammalian cells). Prokaryotic expression systems can be used that are repressible, constitutive or inducible. Appropriate E. coli promoters include Lac, Tac, T7, T4, SP6, T3, Lambda PR / PL, Trp, RecA and Heat-shock promoters. Alternative prokaryotic hosts include Bacillus and other bacteria with corresponding promoters. E. coli may be used as the host [de Marco A. Microb Cell Fact. 2009, 8:26; Spadiut O et al. Trends Biotechnol. 2014, 32:54-60] and appropriate strains include K12 or B-derivatives such as JM109, TG1, HB2151, XL1, BL21, BL21(DE3), E. Coli SHUFFLE®, E. Coli Origami®, Rosetta® and others from suppliers such as New England Biolabs or Merck. Vector-expression systems include ones that allow for periplasmic secretion (using a pelB or ompA leader sequence appended to the antibody fragment gene(s) to allow disulphide bond formation [de Marco A. Microb Cell Fact. 2009, 8:26] or cytosolic expression in a redox-modified host to allow disulphide bond formation [Sonoda H et al. Protein Expr Purif. 2010, 70:248-53]. Additional fusion proteins can be appended to aid folding and purification, such as thioredoxin reductase (trx) [Sonoda H et al. Protein Expr Purif. 2010, 70:248-53], which are subsequently removed by proteolysis through a specifically introduced peptide cleavage tag (such as TEV or factor-Xa) available commercially from suppliers such as Promega. Specific embodiments of this invention include periplasmic expression using a vector such as pET20b in E. coli BL21(DE3) and cytosolic expression using vector pET32Xa / LIC in E.coli SHUFFLE® [Lobstein J et al Microb Cell Fact. 2012, 11:56]. Engineered antibodies that do not need intrachain disulphides do need to be secreted into the periplasmic space. Nucleic acids can also be expressed in eukaryotic hosts such as yeast, insect and mammalian cells [Patrick Chames (ed.), Antibody Engineering: Methods and Protocols, Second Edition, Methods in Molecular Biology, vol. 907, Chapter 18-23]]. Yeast cells include Pichia pastoris and Saccharomyces cerevisiae, insect cells include Drosophila and mammalian cells include rodent (CHO, ATCC-CCL61, SP2 / 0), non-human primate (COS-7, ATCC CRL1651) and human cells (HEK ATCC 85257). Appropriate promoters and regulatory elements should be used such as those found in the pPIC series of vectors used for Pichia expression, pBLUEBAC used for insect cell expression and pCDNA1 / 2 / 3 / 4 used for mammalian cell expression. Examples of mammalian cell expression promoters include SV40, CMV, IgH with appropriate enhancers such as SV40 enhancer, IgH or Kappa enhancer, etc. For eukaryotic expression, the appropriate secretion signal must be appended to the gene for passage through the secretory system to allow protein folding, glycosylation (if needed), disulphide bond formation and extracellular translocation. One example of a mammalian secretion signal sequence is the immunoglobulin signal sequence. Proteins expressed in heterologous hosts can be isolated and purified using a number of different approaches [Scopes (1993) Protein Purification: Principles and Practice (Springer Advanced Texts in Chemistry)]. Culture supernatant can be collected by centrifugation, cells can be lysed (e.g. chemical detergents) or physical disrupted (e.g. French Press, sonication) and the soluble or insoluble fractions retained. If the protein is soluble, ion-exchange, affinity (using pre-engineered tags such as poly-HIS, FLAG, cMyc) and size-exclusion chromatography can be used under native conditions. If the protein is insoluble, chemical denaturation (e.g. by Urea) followed by refolding [Deonarain MP & Epenetos AA. Br J Cancer. 1998, 77:537-46] or purification under denaturing conditions (e.g. poly-HIS immobilised metal affinity chromatography, IMAC) can be used. Final protein purity is assessed using analytical tools such as SDS-PAGE, SEC, Amino acid analysis or Mass spectrometry and final protein function is assessed using ELISA, flow cytometry, immunohistochemistry or cell biological assay [Harlow & Lane (1998) Using antibodies, Cold Spring Harbour] or Biacore-SPR [Van Regenmortel MH et al. J. Mol Recognit. 1998, 11:163-7]. The carrier molecule may, in one embodiment, be an antibody mimetic. The term "antibody mimetic" shall be taken to refer to organic compounds that, like antibodies, can specifically bind antigens, but that are not structurally related to antibodies. They are usually artificial peptides or proteins with a molar mass of about 3 to 20 kDa. Nucleic acids and small molecules can be considered antibody mimetics, but antibody mimetics do not include artificial antibodies, antibody fragments and fusion proteins composed from these. Some types of antibody mimetics have antibody-like peptide conformations, such as beta-sheets. Antibody mimetics [Wurch T et al. Trends Biotechnol. 2012, 30:575-82] suitable for use in the invention are DARPins, affibodies, affitins, anticalins, avimers, kunitz domain peptides, adnectins, centyrins, Fynomers, IgNARs and monobodies. The carrier molecule may be humanised or human. Humanised antibodies are suitable for administration to humans without invoking an immune response by the human against the administered immunoglobulin. Humanised forms of antibodies are intact immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) that are principally comprised of the sequence of a human immunoglobulin, and contain minimal sequence derived from a non-human immunoglobulin. Humanisation can be performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988)). In some instances, Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Humanised antibodies can also comprise residues that are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences. In general, the humanised antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable regions, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the framework regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanised antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin (Jones et al., 1986; Riechmann et al., 1988; and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., 2:593-596 (1992)). Preferred targets for the carrier molecule of the compounds of the invention are the cell surface or tumour markers, including, but not limited to, 5T4, AOC3, C242, CA- 125, CCL11, CCR 5, CD2, CD3, CD4, CD5, CD15, CD18, CD19, CD20, CD22, CD23, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD31, CD33, CD37, CD38, CD40, CD41, CD44, CD51, CD52, CD54, CD56, CD62E, CD62P, CD62L, CD70, CD74, CD80, CD125, CD138, CD141, CD147, CD152, CD 154, CD326, CEA, CTLA-4, EGFR, ErbB2, ErbB3, EpCAM, folate receptor, FAP, fibronectin splice variants (EDA, EDB, CSIII), GD2, GD3, GPNMB, HGF, HER2, ICAM, IGF-1 receptor, VEGFR1, EphA2, TRPV1, CFTR, gpNMB, CA9, Cripto, ACE, APP, adrenergic receptor-beta2, Claudine 3, Mesothelin, lactadherin, IL-2 receptor, IL-4 receptor, IL-13 receptor, integrins (including <semantics>α4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\alpha 4< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>ανβ3<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\alpha \nu \beta 3< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>ανβ5<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\alpha \nu \beta 5< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>ανβ6<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\alpha \nu \beta 6< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>α1β4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\alpha 1 \beta 4< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>α4β1<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\alpha 4 \beta 1< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>α4β7<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\alpha 4 \beta 7< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>α5β1<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\alpha 5 \beta 1< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>α6β4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\alpha 6 \beta 4< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>α11bβ3<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\alpha 1 1 b \beta 3< / annotation>< / semantics> intergins), IFN-α, IFN-γ, IgE, IgE, IGF-1 receptor, IL-1, IL-12, IL-23, IL-13, IL-22, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, interferon receptor, ITGB2 (CD18), LFA-1 (CD11a), L-selectin (CD62L), mucin, MUC1, myostatin, NCA-90, NGF, PDGFRα, phosphatidylserine, prostatic carcinoma cell, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, rabies, RANKL, respiratory syncytial virus, Rhesus factor, SLAMF7, sphingosine-1-phosphate, TAG-72, T-cell receptor, tenascin C, TGF-1, TGF-β2, TGF-β, TNF-α, TRAIL-R1, TRAIL-R2, tumour antigen CTAA16.88, VEGF-A, VEGFR2, vimentin, matrix receptors and similar targets, apoptotic markers such as phospho-choline In particular, it is preferred if the carrier molecule binds specifically to HER2, EGFR, HER3, MUC1, EpCAM, CEA, Fibronectin-EDB, CD19, CD20, CD22, LeY, CD30, CD33, CD79b, GPNMB, PSMA, CD56, CD37, Folate receptor, CA6, CD27L, MUC16, CD66e, CD74, Trop-2 or guanylate cyclase. The carrier molecules of the invention may be antibody fragments derived from or with equivalent binding specificity to any of the following whole antibodies: 3F8, abagovomab, abciximab (REOPRO), adalimumab (HUMIRA), adecatumumab, afelimomab, afutuzumab, alacizumab, ALD518, alemtuzumab (CAMPATH), altumomab, amatuximab, anatumomab, anrukinzumab, apolizumab, arcitumomab (CEA-SCAN), aselizumab, atlizumab (tocilizumab, Actemra, RoActemra), atorolimumab, bapineuzumab, basiliximab (Simulect), bavituximab, bectumomab (LYMPHOSCAN), belimumab (BENLYSTA), benralizumab, bertilimumab, besilesomab (SCINITIMUN), bevacizumab (AVASTIN), biciromab (FIBRISCINT), bivatuzumab, blinatumomab, brentuximab, briakinumab, canakinumab (ILARIS), cantuzumab, capromab, catumaxomab (REMOVAB), CC49, cedelizumab, certolizumab, cetuximab (ERBITUX), citatuzumab, cixutumumab, clenoliximab, clivatuzumab, conatumumab, CR6261, dacetuzumab, daclizumab (ZENAPAX), daratumumab, denosumab (PROLIA), detumomab, dorlimomab, dorlixizumab, ecromeximab, eculizumab (SOLIRIS), edobacomab, edrecolomab (PANOREX), efalizumab (RAPTIVA), efungumab (MYCOGRAB), elotuzumab, elsilimomab, enlimomab, epitumomab , epratuzumab, erlizumab, ertumaxomab (REXOMUN), etaracizumab (ABEGRIN), exbivirumab, fanolesomab (NEUTROSPEC), faralimomab, farletuzumab, felvizumab, fezakinumab, figitumumab, fontolizumab (HuZAF), foravirumab, fresolimumab, galiximab, gantenerumab, gavilimomab, gemtuzumab girentuximab, glembatumumab, golimumab (SIMPONI), gomiliximab, ibalizumab, ibritumomab, igovomab (INDIMACIS-125), imciromab (MYOSCINT), infliximab (REMICADE), intetumumab, inolimomab, inotuzumab, ipilimumab, iratumumab, keliximab, labetuzumab (CEA-CIDE), lebrikizumab, lemalesomab, lerdelimumab, lexatumumab, libivirumab, lintuzumab, lucatumumab, lumiliximab, mapatumumab, maslimomab, matuzumab, mepolizumab (BOSATRIA), metelimumab, milatuzumab, minretumomab, mitumomab, morolimumab, motavizumab (NUMAX), muromonab-CD3 (ORTHOCLONE OKT3), nacolomab, naptumomab, natalizumab (TYSABRI), nebacumab, necitumumab, nerelimomab, nimotuzumab (THERACIM), nofetumomab, ocrelizumab, odulimomab, ofatumumab (ARZERRA), olaratumab, omalizumab (XOLAIR), ontecizumab, oportuzumab, oregovomab (OVAREX), otelixizumab, pagibaximab, palivizumab (SYNAGIS), panitumumab (VECTIBIX), panobacumab, pascolizumab, pemtumomab (THERAGYN), pertuzumab (OMNITARG), pexelizumab, pintumomab, priliximab, pritumumab, PRO140, rafivirumab, ramucirumab, ranibizumab (LUCENTIS), raxibacumab, regavirumab, reslizumab, rilotumumab, rituximab (RITUXAN), robatumumab, rontalizumab, rovelizumab (LEUKARREST), ruplizumab (ANTOVA), satumomab pendetide, sevirumab, sibrotuzumab, sifalimumab, siltuximab, siplizumab, solanezumab, sonepcizumab, sontuzumab, stamulumab, sulesomab (LEUKOSCAN), tacatuzumab (AFP-CIDE), tetraxetan, tadocizumab, talizumab, tanezumab, taplitumomab paptox, tefibazumab (AUREXIS), telimomab, tenatumomab, teneliximab, teplizumab, TGN1412, ticilimumab (tremelimumab), tigatuzumab, TNX-650, tocilizumab (atlizumab, ACTEMRA), toralizumab, tositumomab (BEXXAR), trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN), tremelimumab, tucotuzumab, tuvirumab, urtoxazumab, ustekinumab (STELERA), vapaliximab, vedolizumab, veltuzumab, vepalimomab, visilizumab (NUVION), volociximab (HUMASPECT), votumumab, zalutumumab (HuMEX-EGFr), zanolimumab (HuMAX-CD4), ziralimumab and zolimomab. The therapeutic agent is preferably a cytotoxic agent or a cytostatic agent. By cytotoxic agent we mean an agent which is toxic to cells, typically by killing the cells. The toxicity can lead to cell death by necrosis or apoptosis. By cytostatic agent we mean an agent which inhibits or stops cell growth and / or multiplication. Preferably, the therapeutic agent is selected from the following classes of therapeutic agent: cell cycle progression inhibitors, angiogenesis inhibitors, MAPK signaling pathway inhibitors, PI3K / m-TOR / AKT pathway inhibitors, kinase inhibitors, RTK inihbitors, HDAC inhibitors, protein chaperone inhibitors, PARP inhibitors, Wnt / Hedgehog / Notch signalling pathway inhibitors, RNA polymerase inhibitors. DNA-binding drugs, DNA damaging drugs, DNA alkylating drugs, microtubule stabilizing agents, microtubule destabilizing agents, platinum compounds, kinase inhibitors, pyridocarbazole and its derivatives, and topoisomerase I and II inhibitors. Examples of DNA-binding or alkylating drugs include, CC-1065 and its analogues, anthracyclines (e.g. doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, daunorubicin) and its analogues, ellipticine and its derivatives, alkylating agents, such as calicheamicins, dactinomycines, mitromycines, pyrrolobenzodiazepines, and derivatives. Examples of CC-1065 analogues include duocarmycin SA, duocarmycin C1, duocarmycin C2, duocarmycin B2, DU-86, KW-2189, bizelesin, seco- adozelesin, and its derivatives. Examples of microtubule stabilizing and destabilizing agents include taxane compounds, such as paclitaxel, docetaxel; maytansinoids, dolostatins, cemadotins, auristatins and its analogues, tubulysin A and B derivatives, vinca alkaloid derivatives, epothilones and cryptophycins. Examples of maytansinoids or maytansinoid analogs include maytansinol and maytansinol analogues, maytansine or DM-1 and DM-4. Examples of auristatins include auristatin E (a derivative of dolastatin-10), auristatin EB, auristatin EFP, monomethyl auristatin E (MMAE), monomethyl auristatin F (MMAF), auristatin F and dolastatin. Examples of vinca alkaloids include vincristine, vinblastine, vindesine, and navelbine (vinorelbine). Examples of epothilone compounds include epothilone A, B, C, D, E and F, and derivatives thereof. Examples of platinum compounds include cisplatin (PLATINOL®), carboplatin (PARAPLATIN®), oxaliplatin (ELOXATINE®), iproplatin, onnaplatin, and tetraplatin. Examples of topoisomerase I inhibitors include camptothecin, camptothecin, derivatives, camptothecin analoguess and non-natural camptothecins, such as, for example, CPT-11 (irinotecan), SN-38, topotecan, 9-aminocamptothecin, 9- bromocamptothecin, diflomotecan, rubitecan, , silatecan, lurtotecan, exatecan, belotecan, gimatecan, karenitecin, lurtotecan and S39625. Examples of angiogenesis inhibitors include VEGF inhibitors, MetAP2 inhibitors, P1GF inhibitors, VGFR inhibitors, PDGFR inhibitors. Examples of VGFR and PDGFR inhibitors include sorafenib (Nexavar®), sunitinib (Sutent®) and vatalanib. Examples of cell cycle progression inhibitors include CDK inhibitors such as, for example, BMS-387032 and PD0332991; Rho-kinase inhibitors for example GSK429286; checkpoint kinase inhibitors such as, for example, AZD7762; aurora kinase inhibitors such as, for example, AZD1152, MLN8054 and MLN8237; PLK inhibitors for example, BI 2536, BI6727 (Volasertib), GSK461364, ON-01910 (Estybon); and KSP inhibitors such as, for example, SB 743921, SB 715992 (ispinesib), MK-0731, AZD8477, AZ3146 and ARRY-520. Examples of Pl3K / m- TOR / AKT signalling pathway inhibitors include phosphoinositide 3-kinase (PI3K) inhibitors, GSK-3 inhibitors, ATM inhibitors, DNA-PK inhibitors and PDK-1 inhibitors. Examples of PI3 kinases include BEZ235, BGT226, BKM120, CAL101, CAL263, demethoxyviridin, GDC-0941, GSK615, IC87114, LY294002, Palomid 529, perifosine, PF-04691502, PX-866, SAR245408, SAR245409, SF1126, Wortmannin, XL147 and XL765. Examples of AKT inhibitors include AT7867. Examples of MAPK signalling pathway inhibitors include MEK, Ras, JNK, B-Raf and p38 MAPK inhibitors. Examples of MEK inhibitors include GDC-0973, GSK1120212, MSC1936369B, AS703026, RO5126766 and R04987655, PD0325901, AZD6244, AZD 8330 and GDC-0973. Examples of B-raf inhibitors include CDC-0879, PLX-4032, and SB590885. Examples of p38 MAPK inhibitors include BIRB 796, LY2228820 and SB 202190. Examples of Receptor tyrosine kinases (RTK) modulators / inhibitors include anti- ErbB2 receptor drugs such as AEE788 (NVP-AEE 788), BIBW2992, (Afatinib), Lapatinib, Erlotinib (Tarceva®), and Gefitinib (Iressa®). Examples of multi-specific RTK inhibitors include AP24534 (Ponatinib) that targets FGFR, FLT-3, VEGFR-PDGFR and Bcr-Abl receptors; ABT-869 (Linifanib) that targets FLT-3 and VEGFR-PDGFR receptors; AZD2171 that targets VEGFR- PDGFR, Flt-1 and VEGF receptors; CHR-258 (Dovitinib) that targets VEGFR- PDGFR, FGFR, Flt-3, and c-Kit receptors; Sunitinib (Sutent) that targets VEGFR, PDGFR, KIT, FLT-3 and CSF-IR; Sorafenib (Nexavar®) and Vatalanib that target VEGFR, PDGFR, serine / threonine kinases of the Raf / Mek / Erk pathway and ellipticines. Examples of protein chaperone inhibitors include HSP90 inhibitors such as 17AAG derivatives, BIIB021, BIIB028, SNX-5422, NVP-AUY-922 and KW-2478. Examples of HDAC inhibitors include Belinostat (PXD101), CUDC-101, Droxinostat, ITF2357 (Givinostat, Gavinostat), JNJ-26481585, LAQ824 (NVP-LAQ824, Dacinostat), LBH-589 (Panobinostat), MC1568, MGCD0103 (Mocetinostat), MS-275 (Entinostat), PCI-24781, Pyroxamide (NSC 696085), SB939, Trichostatin A and Vorinostat (SAHA). Examples of PARP inhibitors include iniparib (BSI 201), olaparib (AZD-2281), ABT-888 (Veliparib), AG014699, CEP 9722, MK 4827, KU- 0059436 (AZD2281), LT-673, 3-aminobenzamide, A-966492, and AZD2461. Examples of Wnt / Hedgehog signaling pathway inhibitors include vismodegib (RG3616 / GDC-0449), cyclopamine (11-deoxojervine) (Hedgehog pathway inhibitors) and XAV-939 (Wnt pathway inhibitor). Examples of Notch pathway inhibitors include gamma-secretase inhibitors MK0752, RO4929097, PF- 03084,014, LY450139, BMS-708163, gamma-secretase modifiers MPC-7869 and dominant-negative mastermind / CSL / notch compounds. Examples of RNA polymerase inhibitors include amatoxins such as <semantics>α<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\alpha< / annotation>< / semantics>-amanitins, <semantics>β<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\beta< / annotation>< / semantics>- amanitins, γ-amanitins, ε-amanitins, amanullin, amanullic acid, amaninamide, amanin, and proamanullin. Drug payloads can be synthetically modified to make them conjugatable to biomolecules such as antibodies using a variety of approaches (Table 2). Such chemical modifications are described in [Chari RV et al. Angew Chem Int Ed Engl. 2014, 53, 3796-827]. Examples include the derivation of maytansine, MMAE and MMAF, doxorubicin, cemadotin, SN38, and P5 a pentapeptide present in dolostatin-15 and pyrrolobezodiazepine dimers (PBDs). Maytansinoids are well known in the art and suitable derivatives for conjugation on to cell-binding agents can be prepared synthetically according to known methods fully disclosed in US Patent Nos. 5,208020, 5,416064, 7,276497 and [Chari RV et al. J. Med. Chem. 2006,49, 4392] and [Chari RV et al.J. Med. Chem. 2011, 22, 717]. Reacting at thiol terminated maytansinoids with heterobifunctional linkers gives rise to non-reducible stable links terminated with reactive NHS esters for direct conjugation on to cell-binding agents as disclosed in WO 2010 / 141566 and [Chari RV et al.] J. Med. Chem. 2011, 54, 3606. The heterobifunctional linkers contain either a negatively charged sulfonate group or a hydrophilic, non-charged PEG group in addition to an amine-reactive N-hydroxysuccinimide NHS-ester and sulfhydryl reactive termini. Auristatins including monomethyl auristatin E (MMAE) are described in US Patent No. 20060074008 and [Senter PD et al.] Nature Biotechnology 2003, 21, 778 which disclose a linker with a protease sensitive valine-citrulline dipeptide as a cleavage site for cathepsin B and a self-immolative p-aminobenzyl carbamate. Monomethyl auristatin F (MMAF) conjugates with a non-cleavable linker is described in US Patent No. 20110070428. The CC-1065 and analogues of the duocarmycin family of cyclopropylindole DNA alkylating agents are disclosed in [Goldmacher VS et al. Cancer Research, 1995, 55, 4079] and US Patent No. 8680293. The pyrrobenzodiazepines dimers (PBD's) and conjugates have been described in [Senter PD et al. Bioconjugate Chemistry 2013, 24: 1256; McEarchern JA et al. Blood, 2013, 122: 1455] and US Patent No. 2014234346 and WO 2014 031566 Daunorubicin / Doxorubicin analogues are also suitable payloads and have been disclosed in [Firestone RA et al. J. Controlled Release, 1996, 39: 251] and WO2012024223 as maleimido terminated drugs. A cathepsin B releasable doxorubicin is disclosed in [Dubowchik G M et al. Bioconjugate Chemistry, 2002, 13, 855]. More potent derivatives, doxorubicin-2-pyrrolino and morpholino- doxorubicin are disclosed in [Senter PD et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett 2006, 16: 358] and WO2014124227. Nemorubicin (a metabolite of doxorubicin) derivatives and conjugates with reactive ester groups are disclosed in US Patent No. 2014227299 Taxanes that can be used are disclosed in [Ojima I et al. J. Med. Chem. 2002, 45, 5620] and [Ojima I Acc. Chem. Res 2008, 41, 108] and US Patent No. 72766499 SN-38 the active metabolite of the topoisomerase inhibitor irinotecan (a campthothecin derivative) are suitable payloads and conjugates with cleavable and PEG incorporated linkers are disclosed in [Goldenberg DM et al. J. Med. Chem. 2008, 51: 6916] and WO2010 / 093395 The cryptophycins are among the most potent antimitotic agents and conjugates fdormed via maleimides and reactive esters are disclosed in WO 2011 / 001052. Tubulysins have structural similiarity to dolastatin-10 and display high potency as tubulin modifiers. These and simpler pretubulysin variants are disclosed in WO2014 / 0227295 and [Kazmaier U et al. Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2011, 3050]. A class of potent drugs recently investigated for use as payloads, are the RNA polymerase II inhibitors such as alpha-amanitin, a bicycle octapeptide component of amatoxins. Conjugates on to lysine residues are formed by activating the amine terminated amanitin overnight with dissucinimidyl carbonate followed by reaction with the cell-binding agent as disclosed in WO2012 / 041504 Preferred therapeutic agents are selected from cemadotin, P5 (an early precursor of cematodin), P5-C5 (P5 with a 5-carbon spacer), doxorubicin, ellipticine, MMAE, MMAF, paclitaxel, auristatins, maytansines, dolostatins, camptothecin, SN-38 and pyrrolobenzodiazepine dimers (PBDs), PNU-159862 and indolino-benzodiazepine dimers (IGNs). Specific examples of compounds according to the invention include, but are not limited to where: (i) the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agent is cemadotin; (ii) the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agent is doxorubicin (111) the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agent is ellipticine. (iv) the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agent is MMAE. (v) the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agent (P5)-C5. (Vi) the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agent is a maytansine (vii) the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agent is a pyrrolobenzodiazepine dimer (PBD). (viii) the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agent is MMAF. These specific examples can use any scFv as the carrier molecule, but a preferred example of an scFv is one that binds to HER2, for example scFv (C6.5) or its modified form, scFv (TCT) (SEQ ID NO: 2 see Example 27). Alternative preferred examples of scFv are those having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO.4 or SEQ ID NO. 5. In a second aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the first aspect of the invention and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent. In a third aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound or composition of the first or second aspects for use in the diagnosis, treatment and / or prevention of disease. In a fourth aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound or composition of the first or second aspects for use in the diagnosis, treatment and / or prevention of a disease selected from cancer, benign tumours, infectious diseases including bacterial, viral, fungal, trypanosome, nematode and prion infections, cardiovascular disease, and autoimmune disease. In a fifth aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound or composition as defined in any of the first and second aspects for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and / or prevention of a disease selected from cancer, benign tumours, infectious diseases including bacterial, viral, fungal, trypanosome, nematode and prion infections, cardiovascular disease, and autoimmune disease. In a sixth aspect of the invention, there is provided a method of treating or preventing a disease selected from cancer, benign tumours, infectious diseases including bacterial, viral, fungal, trypanosome, nematode and prion infections, cardiovascular disease, and autoimmune disease. In the third, fourth, fifth and sixth aspects of the invention, the disease may be cancers such as: Solid tumors, including but not limited to: sarcoma, fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, choriocarcinoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, thyroid, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, kidney cancer, pancreatic cancer, bone cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer (e.g., gastrointestinal cancer), oral cancer, nasal cancer, throat cancer, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical cancer, Peritoneal cancer, hepatocellular cancer, hepatoma, salivary cancer, vulval cancer, penile cancer, anal cancer, head and neck cancer, renal cell carcinoma, Acute anaplastic large cell carcinoma, Cutaneous anaplastic large cell carcinoma, uterine cancer, testicular cancer, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, lung cancer, non- small cell lung cancer, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, glioblastoma multiforme, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, skin cancer, melanoma, neuroblastoma, retinoblastoma, Haematological cancers, including but not limited to: acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute lymphoblastic B-cell leukemia, acute lymphoblastic T-cell leukemia, acute myeloblastic leukemia (AML), acute promyelocytic leukemia (APL), acute monoblastic leukemia, acute erythroleukemic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, acute myelomonocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphocytic leukemia, acute undifferentiated leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia (CML), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), hairy cell leukemia, multiple myeloma, acute and chronic leukemias, Lymphomas such as Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Multiple myeloma, Waldenström's macroglobulinemia, Heavy chain disease, Polycythemia vera. The disease may alternatively be autoimmune disease such as: active chronic hepatitis, addison's disease, allergic alveolitis, allergic reaction, allergic rhinitis, alport's syndrome, anaphylaxis, ankylosing spondylitis, anti- phospholipid syndrome, arthritis, ascariasis, aspergillosis, atrophic allergy, atrophic dermatitis, atrophic rhinitis, behcet's disease, bronchial asthma, caplan's syndrome, cardiomyopathy, celiac disease, chagas' disease, chronic glomerulonephritis, cogan's syndrome, cold agglutinin disease, congenital rubella infection, CREST syndrome, crohn's disease, cryoglobulinemia, cushing's syndrome, dermatomyositis, discoid lupus, dressler's syndrome, Eaton-Lambert syndrome, echovirus infection, encephalomyelitis, endocrine ophthalmopathy, Epstein-Barr virus infection, equine heaves, erythematosis, Evan's Syndrome, Felty's Syndrome, Fibromyalgia, Fuch's Cyclitis, gastric atrophy, gastrointestinal allergy, giant cell arteritis, glomerulonephritis, goodpasture's syndrome, graft vs host Disease, Graves' disease, Guillain-Barre disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hemolytic anemia, Henoch-Schonlein purpura, idiopathic adrenal atrophy, idiopathic pulmonary fibritis, IgA nephropathy, inflammatory bowel diseases, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, juvenile arthritis, juvenile diabetes mellitus (Type I), Lambert-Eaton syndrome, laminitis, lichen planus, lupoid hepatitis, lymphopenia, Meniere's disease, mixed connective tissue disease, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, pernicious anemia, polyglandular syndromes, presenile dementia, primary agammaglobulinemia, primary biliary cirrhosis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, raynauds phenomenon, recurrent abortion, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatic fever, rheumatoid arthritis, Sampter's syndrome, schistosomiasis, Schmidt's syndrome, scleroderna, Shulman's syndrome, Sjorgen's syndrome, sympathetic ophthalmia, systemic lupus erythematosus, temporal arteritis, thyroiditis, thrombocytopenia, thyrotoxicosis, toxic epidermal necrolysis, type B Insulin Resistance, type I diabetes mellitus, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, vitiligo, Wegener's granulomatosis. Preferably, the disease is selected from cancer of the colon, lung, breast, head / neck, prostate, skin, stomach / gastrointestinal, bladder, glioma, renal, ovarian, thyroid and bone. In a seventh aspect of the invention, there is provided a process of making a compound as defined in the first or second aspects, the process comprising the steps of: (i) providing a therapeutic agent; (ii) providing a carrier molecule; (iii) conjugating the therapeutic agent and the carrier molecule in the presence of at least one polar aprotic solvent and an aqueous buffer. The term "aprotic solvent" means a solvent that has no OH groups and therefore cannot donate a hydrogen bond. Appropriate polar aprotic solvents are (but are not limited to) the group consisting of: dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO); acetonitrile; N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF); Dimethylacetamide (DMA); HMPA; dioxane; tetrahydrofuran (THF); carbon disulfide; glyme and diglyme; 2-butanone (MEK); sulpholane; nitromethane; N- methylpyrrolidone; pyridine; and acetone. Other polar aprotic solvents which may be used are well known to those skilled in the art. The step of conjugating the therapeutic agent and the carrier molecule as part of this process is preferably conducted using any one or combination thereof of the following parameters: • a temperature between about 0 °C and about 37°C, preferably about 10 to about 30°C. • a pH between about 6.0 and about 10.0, preferably about 7.5 to about 9. • for between 0.1 hours and 48 hours. The process of the invention may also include one or more further steps selected from: (iv) using excipients to facilitate the reaction (v) pre-incubation of solvent and buffer components to minimize adverse mixing effects (vi) temporally -controlled addition of reaction components (vii) combining the compound with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier to form a pharmaceutical composition. Examples Examples embodying an aspect of the invention will now be described with reference to the following figures in which: Figure 1. Surface / solvent accessibility of amino acids residues in human variable domains Modified from Knappik et al (2000) J. Mol. Biol 296, 57-86. The grey-scale indicate the percentage Surface / solvent accessible, from dark (= high) to light (= low). Numbering scheme according to Honegger A & Pluckthun A [J. Mol. Biol. 2001, 309:657-70]. Around 70% is considered to be predominantly solvent exposed. Figure 2. Purification of scFv-TCT Lane 1: Molecular Markers Lane 2: Clarified lysate after 2nd pass through Ni-NTA resin Lane 3: Final wash with Wash Buffer 1 Lane 4: 1st wash with Wash Buffer 2 Lane 5: Elution fraction Lane 6: Pooled elution fraction after dialysis in TEV cleavage buffer. The rectangle denotes the fusion-TCT. Lane 7: 16 hours after TEV cleavage initiation. The upper square denotes the cleaved scFv (TCT). The lower square denotes the cleaved thioredoxin fusion partner. Lane 8: Molecular Markers Lane 9: Cleaved TCT Lane 10: Proteins remaining bound to Ni-NTA Lanes 11-18: Fractions from size exclusion column (35kDa), of Figure 20 Figure 3. Purification of scFv-TCT by size exclusion chromatography on a superdex-75 column in PBS buffer Peak 1 – too dilute to appear on coomassie-stained PAGE gel, high molecular weight contaminants Peak 2- High molecular weight aggregates of scFv TCT. Peak 3- Pure monomeric scFv TCT, corresponding to Lanes 11-18 on the gel (Figure 19) Figure 4. SDS-PAGE of ScFv (TCT)-Ellipticine conjugates Ellipticine (compound 21) conjugates. 1 = 32 equivalents, 14% DMSO; 2 = 16 equivalents, 14% DMSO; 3 = 16 equivalent, 6% DMSO; D = dialysed, Z = Zeba column desalted; CS = soluble crude reaction; P = insoluble / precipitated crude reaction. Sample loading = 2.4µg (ADCs), 1.9µg (scFv). MW markers (M), kDa top to bottom: 250, 130, 100, 70, 55, 35, 25, 15, 10 Figure 5. UV-Vis of scFv (TCT)-Ellipticine conjugates Figure 6. SDS-PAGE comparing Ellipticine and PEG-Ellipticine scFv conjugates Ellipticine (compound 21) and PEG-Ellipticine (compound 23) conjugates. 1= scFv (TCT)-PEG-Ellipticine, 20 equivalents; 2 = scFv (TCT)-Ellipticine, 20 equivalents; 3 = scFv (TCT)-PEG-Ellipticine, 32 equivalents; 4 = scFv (TCT)-PEG-Ellipticine, 64 equivalents; Z = Zeba column desalted; CS = soluble crude reaction; P = insoluble / precipitated crude reaction. Sample loading = 1.8µg. MW markers (M), kDa top to bottom: 250, 130, 100, 70, 55, 35, 25, 15, 10 Figure 7. SDS-PAGE of sample 2: ScFv (TCT)-Ellipticine conjugates D = dialysed; Z = Zeba column desalted; C = soluble crude reaction; P = insoluble / precipitated crude reaction. Ell = Ellipticine Sample loading = 2.5µg. MW markers (M), kDa top to bottom: 250, 130, 100, 70, 55, 35, 25, 15, 10 Figure 8. SDS-PAGE of sample 4: Whole IgG-Ellipticine conjugates D = dialysed; Z = Zeba column desalted; C = soluble crude reaction; P = insoluble / precipitated crude reaction, Ell = Ellipticine. Sample loading = 2.5µg. MW markers (M), kDa top to bottom: 250, 130, 100, 70, 55, 35, 25, 15, 10 Figure 9. SDS-PAGE of two-step conjugation of doxorubicin derivatives to C6.5 scFv Upper panel, HMFG1 lgG conjugates, Lower panel C6.5 scFv conjugates. HMFG1 / C6 = free antibody, S=soluble fraction, P=precipitate, A=Doxorubicin- maleimide (compound 12) conjugates, B=Doxorubicin-PEG-maleimide (compound 48) conjugates. MW markers (M), kDa top to bottom: 250, 130, 100, 70, 55, 35, 25, 15, 10 Figure 10. ELISA on HER2 antigen of C6.5 scFv conjugated to SPDP linker Figure 11. SDS-PAGE Gel of ScFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADCs after HPLC-SEC purification MW markers (M), kDa top to bottom: 250, 130, 100, 70, 55, 35, 25, 15, 10. Cemadotin (compound 2) conjugates (compound 69). 1 = 16 drug equivalents; 2 = 48 drug equivalents; 3 = 112 drug equivalents; S = HPLC-SEC purification; Z = further Zeba buffer exchange. Figure 12. scFv and scFv-cemadotin ADCs analysed by HPLC-SEC a) Calibration markers for G2000SWxl SEC column to confirm sizes of eluted proteins and conjugates. The column was run at 1ml / min in PBS / 20% isopropanol. The values were: [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] b) Upper trace, scFv (TCT), lower trace, scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADC sample- 1 analyses by SEC-HPLC, The column was run at 0.5 ml / min in PBS / 20% isopropanol. C) Upper trace, scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADC sample-2, middle trace, scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADC sample-3 analyses by SEC-HPLC, lower trace-UV- Vis spectrum confirming protein / peptide content. The column was run at 0.5 ml / min in PBS / 20% isopropanol. Figure 13. (a) TIC, (b) ESI-MS, (c) deconvoluted –MS, and calculated DAR of the ScFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADC sample 2 Figure 14. (a) TIC, (b) ESI-MS, (c) deconvoluted –MS, and calculated DAR of the ScFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADC sample 1 Figure 15. (a) TIC, (b) ESI-MS, (c) deconvoluted –MS, and calculated DAR of the ScFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADC sample 3 Figure 16. (a) TIC, (b) ESI-MS, (c) deconvoluted –MS, and calculated DAR of the ScFv (TCT) Figure 17. MALDI-MS of scFv (TCT) Figure 18. MALDI-MS of scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADC sample 1 Figure 19. MALDI-MS of scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADC sample 2 Figure 20. MALDI-MS of scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADC sample 3 Figure 21 ELISA of scFv (TCT) Cemadotin ADCs on HER2 Figure 22. SDS-PAGE of scFv (TCT)-P5C5 ADCs P5C5 drug (compound 6) and conjugates (compound 71). 1 = scFv (TCT)-P5C5, 30 equivalents; 2 = scFv (TCT)-P5C5, 112 equivalents; C = crude reraction mix; S = sample after SEC purification and concentrating; F = final sample after SEC purification, concentrating, and buffer exchange. Sample loading = <semantics>2μg<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2\mu g< / annotation>< / semantics>. MW markers (M), kDa top to bottom: 250, 130, 100, 70, 55, 35, 25, 15, 10 Figure 23. Analytical HPLC traces of samples post SEC purification - monitored at 280nm a) Upper trace, scFv (TCT), middle trace, scFv (TCT)-P5C5 ADC (30 equiv), lower trace scFv (TCT)-P5C5 ADC (112 equiv). The column was run at 0.5 ml / min in PBS / 20% isopropanol. b) Left trace, Comparison of scFv and scFv-ADCs from (a) showing earlier retention due to drug loading (15.7 and 15.9 min compared to the scFv elution of 16.9 min), but non-aggregated monomeric peaks, right trace-UV- Vis trace of one of the ADCs showing protein / peptide spectrum. The column was run at 0.5 ml / min in PBS / 20% isopropanol. Figure 24. SDS-PAGE of various ADCs P5C5 drug (compound 6), CemadotinC5 drug (compound 4) and conjugates (compound 71). 1 = scFv (TCT)-P5C5, 16 equivalents; 2 = scFv (TCT)-P5C5, 30 equivalents; 3 = scFv (TCT)-P5C5, 112 equivalents; 4 = Trastuzumab-P5C5, 16 equivalents; 5 = Trastuzumab-P5C5, 32 equivalents; 6-7 = scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin- C5; 8 = Trastuzumab-Cemadotin-C5; Z = final Zeba desalted sample; Sc = sample after HPLC-SEC and concentration; C = crude reaction mix. Sample loading = <semantics>1.9μg<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.9\mu g< / annotation>< / semantics>. MW markers (M), kDa top to bottom: 250, 130, 100, 70, 55, 35, 25, 15, 10. Figure 25. HPLC purification traces of Trastuzumab conjugates (A280nm) Upper trace shows the free trastuzumab IgG, the lower 3 traces show various ADCs at different conjugation reaction equivalents. Samples were run on a G3000SWxl column calibrated with markers. The column was run at 0.5 ml / min in PBS / 20% isopropanol. The markers eluted as follows: [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] The IgG (retention time=11.7 min) and the IgG-ADCs (retention time = 10.9-11.4 min) all elute at around 150kDa indicating little / no aggregation. Figure 26, HPLC purification traces of Trastuzumab conjugates (A280nm) from Figure 25 overlaid for comparison Peak 1=Trastuzumab, 2= Trastuzumab-P5C5 (16 equivalents conjugation reaction), 3=2= Trastuzumab -cemadotin (16 equivalents conjugation reaction), 2= Trastuzumab-P5C5 (32 equivalents conjugation reaction) Figure 27. HPLC purification traces of scFv (TCT)-P5C5 conjugates (A280nm) The scFv (TCT)-P5-C5 ADCs had faster retention times (15.7 min, 15.6 min and 15.4 with increasing conjugation equivalents and hence DAR) than the free scFv (retention time=16.9 min). The scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin retention times were 16.1 min and 15.7 with increasing DAR). All still remained in the range of monomeric scFv with little or no aggregation. The column was run at 0.5 ml / min in PBS / 20% isopropanol. Figure 28. UV / Vis absorption spectrum of Trastuzumab-P5C5 in PBS Figure 29. UV / Vis absorption spectrum of scFv (TCT)-P5C5 conjugates in PBS Figure 30. ELISA of scFv (TCT) P5-C5 ADCs on HER2 Figure 31. Dose-response cell killing activity of P5C5-based ADCs on HER2- expressing SKBr3 cells Figure 32. Dose-response cell killing activity of free P5C5 drug on HER2- expressing SKBr3 cells and HER2-negative U87 cells Figure 33. Dose-response cell killing activity of P5C5-based ADCs on HER2- negative U87 cells Figure 34. ELISA testing of candidate mouse sera immunised with scFv- Cemadotin ADCs Figure 35. ELISA of candidate hybridoma clones for anti-scFv-Cemadotin MAbs Figure 36. Candidate Hybridoma media supernatant detection of murine Mab by Western Blot, using anti-mouse peroxidase secondary antibody Figure 37. Candidate Hybridoma conditioned media used to detect scFv- Cemadotin ADCs by Western Blot Blots 1-3 and 5-7, 10, and 11 are loaded as follows: Marker; ADC; TCT; and free Cemadotin. Blots 4 and 8 are loaded as follows: Marker; ADC; and free Cemadotin. Figure 38. Blood clearance of radiolabelled scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin conjugates. Cemadotin conjugate (compound 69). Figure 39. Spleen uptake of radiolabelled scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin conjugates. Cemadotin conjugate (compound 69). Figure 40. Pharmacokinetic profile showing blood clearance of scFv-TCT and scFv-TCT-ADCs measured by total antibody ELISA. Cemadotin conjugate (compound 69). Figure 41. Pharmacokinetic profile showing blood clearance of scFv-TCT- ADCs measured by total ADC ELISA. Cemadotin conjugate (compound 69). Figure 42. Comparative pharmacokinetic profile showing similarities in the blood clearance of scFv-TCT and scFv-TCT-ADCs measured both assays used in Figures 40 & 41. Figure 43. Tumour regression studies in nude mice bearing SKBr3 tumour xenografts treated with two scFv (TCT)-P5C5 ADC DARs. P5C5 conjugate (compound 71). Figure 44. HPLC SEC traces (A280nm) for (A) scFv (TCT1067)-Acetate and (B) scFv (TCT)-Acetate purified conjugates run at 0.5 ml / min and compared to the respective unconjugated antibodies. Figure 45. LCMS data for the scFv (TCT)-Acetate conjugate. (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B) is the deconvoluted mass for the main peak at 10 mins. Figure 46. LCMS data for the scFv (TCT1067)-Acetate conjugate. (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B) is the deconvoluted mass for the main peak at 10.3 mins. Figure 47. HPLC SEC traces (A280nm) for (A) scFv (TCT)-MMAF-C5 ADC 1 and (B) scFv (TCT)-MMAF-C5 ADC 2 purified conjugates run at 1 ml / min and compared to the unconjugated antibody. Figure 48. SDS-PAGE reducing gel (12%) showing scFv (TCT)-MMAF-C5 ADC 2 in comparison with scFv (TCT) unconjugated antibody. Size markers used are shown. Figure 49. LCMS data for scFv (TCT)-MMAF-C5 ADC 1. (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B) is the deconvoluted mass for the main peak at 10.2 mins. Figure 50. LCMS data for scFv (TCT)-MMAF-C5 ADC 2. (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B-E) show the deconvoluted masses for the main peaks 10-12 mins. Figure 51. HPLC SEC traces (A280nm) for (A) scFv (TCT1067)-MMAF-C5 ADC 1 and (B) scFv (TCT1067)-MMAF-C5 ADC 2 purified conjugates run at 1 ml / min and compared to unconjugated antibody. Figure 52. LCMS data for scFv (TCT1067)-MMAF-C5 ADC 1 and ADC 2. (A) and (B) are the LCMS data for scFv (TCT1067)-MMAF-C5 ADC1 where (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B) is the deconvoluted mass for the main peaks between 9.3-10.6mins. (C) and (D) are the LCMS data for scFv (TCT1067)-MMAF- C5 ADC2 where (C) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (D) is the deconvoluted mass for the main peaks between 9.9-12mins. Figure 53. SDS-PAGE reducing gel (12%) showing scFv (TCT1067)-MMAF-C5 ADC 1 and 2 in comparison with scFv (TCT1067) unconjugated antibody. Size markers as shown in Figure 48. Figure 54. HPLC SEC traces (A280nm) for scFv (TCT1067)-P5-C5 ADC 1 run at 1 ml / min and compared to the unconjugated antibody. Figure 55. SDS-PAGE reducing gel (12%) showing scFv (TCT1067)-P5-C5 ADC 1 in comparison with the scFv (TCT1067) unconjugated antibody. Size markers as shown in Figure 48. Figure 56. LCMS data for scFv (TCT1067)-P5-C5 ADC 1. (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B) is the deconvoluted mass for the main peak at 8.2mins. Figure 57. HPLC SEC traces (A280nm) for scFv (TCT)-AF-C5 ADC 1 run at 0.5 ml / min and compared to the unconjugated antibody. Figure 58. LCMS data for scFv (TCT)-AF-C5 ADC 1. (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B) is the deconvoluted mass for the main peak at 9.5 mins. Figure 59. HPLC SEC traces (A280nm) for scFv (TCT1067)-AF-C5 ADC 1, 2 and 3 run at 1 ml / min and compared to the unconjugated antibody. Figure 60. LCMS data for scFv (TCT)-AF-C5 ADC 1, 2, and 3. (A) and (B) are the LCMS data for scFv (TCT) ADC 1 where (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B) is the deconvoluted mass for the main peak at 8.1 mins. (C) and (D) are the LCMS data for scFv (TCT)-AF-C5 ADC 2 where (C) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (D) is the deconvoluted mass for the main peak at 9.4 mins. (E) and (F) are the LCMS data for scFv (TCT)-AF-C5 ADC 3 where (E) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (F) is the deconvoluted mass for the main peak at 9.9 mins. Figure 61. SDS-PAGE reducing gel (12%) showing scFv TCT-AF-C5 ADC 1, 2 and 3 in comparison with the scFv (TCT1067) unconjugated antibody. Size markers as shown in Figure 48. Figure 62. HPLC SEC traces (A280nm) for scFv (TCT1067)-MMAE-PAB-Cit- Val-dPEG9 ADC 1 run at 1 ml / min and compared to the unconjugated antibody. Figure 63. LCMS data for scFv (TCT1067)-MMAE-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG9 ADC 1. (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B-E) show the deconvoluted masses for the main peaks. Figure 64. SDS-PAGE reducing gel (12%) showing scFv (TCT1067)-MMAE- PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG9 ADC 1 in comparison with the scFv (TCT1067) unconjugated antibody. Size markers as shown in Figure 48. Figure 65. HPLC SEC traces (A280nm) for scFv (TCT1067)-MMAF-C5-P5-C5 ADC 1 run at 1 ml / min and compared to the unconjugated antibody. Figure 66. LCMS data for scFv (TCT1067)-MMAF-C5-P5-C5 ADC 1. (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B-F) show the deconvoluted masses for the main peaks. Figure 67. HPLC SEC traces (A280nm) for scFv (TCT1067)-Maytansine- PEG(12) DM1 ADC 1 and 2 run at 1 ml / min and compared to the unconjugated antibody. Figure 68. LCMS data for scFv (TCT1067-Maytansine-PEG(12) DM1 ADC 1 and 2. (A) and (B) are the LCMS data for scFv (TCT1067)-Maytansine-(PEG12) DM1 ADC 1 where (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC), and (B) shows the deconvoluted masses for the main peak. (C) and (D) are the LCMS data for scFv (TCT1067- Maytansine-PEG(12) DM1 ADC 2 where (C) is the UV LCMS trace and (D) is the TIC LCMS trace indicating the DAR of the species present in the sample. Figure 69. SDS-PAGE reducing gel (12%) showing scFv (TCT1067)- Maytansine-PEG(12) DM1 ADC 1 and 2 in comparison with the scFv (TCT1067) unconjugated antibody. Size markers are as shown in (A) Figure 70. Coomassie-stained SDS-PAGE gel of the reactions 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 described in Table 45. Reaction 3 yielded no soluble protein. M = molecular weight markers. P = unconjugated scFv (panitumumab), <semantics>T=unconjugatedscFv(TCT1067).<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">T = unconjugated scFv (TCT1067).< / annotation>< / semantics> The higher DAR species migrate more slowly due to increased molecular weight, with the scFv (TCT1067) conjugates demonstrating an increasing DAR. Size markers as shown in Figure 68. Figure 71. HPLC SEC traces (A280nm) for (A) scFv (Panitumumab)-AF-C5 ADC and (B) scFv (TCT1067)-AF-C5 run at 1 ml / min and compared to the unconjugated antibodies. Figure 72. LCMS data for scFv (Pani-AF-C5) ADCs 1,2, and 4-6. (A) and (B) is the LCMS data for scFv (Pani-AF-C5) ADC 1, where (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B) shows the deconvoluted masses for the main peaks of sample 1. (C) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (D) shows the deconvoluted masses for the main peaks of sample 2. (E)-(H) is the LCMS data for scFv (TCT1067-AF-C5) ADCs 4-6 where (E) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) for sample 4, (F) shows the deconvoluted masses for the main peak of sample 4, (G) shows the deconvoluted masses for sample 5 and (H) shows the deconvoluted masses for sample 6. Figure 73. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of free MMAF. Cell killing dose-response profiles of free MMAF cytotoxin on (A) U87 cells (B) SKBr3 cells (C) BT474 cells. Figure 74. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of unconjugated antibodies. Cell killing dose-response profiles of unconjugated scFv(TCT1067) and trastuzumab on (A) U87 cells (B) BT474 cells (C) SKBr3 cells Figure 75. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of unconjugated antibody. Cell killing dose-response profiles of unconjugated scFv(TCT) on BT474 cells. Figure 76. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of MMAF-based ADCs. Cell killing dose-response profiles of antibody fragment ADCs scFv (TCT)-MMAF- C5 DAR 6.6, scFv (TCT0167)-MMAF-C5 DAR 6.4, Unconjugated trastuzumab and trastuzumab-MMAF-C5 on (A) U87 cells (B) BT474 cells (C) SKBr3 cells. Figure 77. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of MMAF-based ADCs. Cell killing dose-response profiles of antibody fragment conjugates scFv (TCT)- MMAF-C5 DAR 8, scFv (TCT0167)-MMAF-C5 DAR 8.7 and trastuzumab-MMAF- C5 on (A) U87 cells (B) BT474 cells (C) SKBr3 cells. Figure 78. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of P5-C5-based ADCs. Cell killing dose-response profiles of (A) Free P5-C5 drug and (B) antibody fragment conjugates scFv (TCT1067)-P5-C5 DAR 10.6 (H1) and DAR 12.5 (H2) on U87 cells. Figure 79. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of P5-C5-based ADCs. Cell killing dose-response profiles of (A) Free P5-C5 drug and (B) antibody fragment conjugates scFv (TCT1067)-P5-C5 DAR 10.6 (H1) and DAR 12.5 (H2) on SKBr3 cells. Figure 80. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of P5-C5-based ADCs. Cell killing dose-response profiles of (A) Free P5-C5 drug and (B) antibody conjugates scFv (TCT1067)-P5-C5 DAR 10.6 (H1) and trastuzumab DAR6 on BT474 cells. Figure 81. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of free Auristatin F. Cell killing dose-response profiles of free Auristatin cytotoxin on (A) U87 cells (B) SKBr3 cells (C) BT474 cells. Figure 82. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of Auristatin F-based ADCs. Cell killing dose-response profile of antibody fragment ADCs scFv (TCT1067)-AF- C5, DAR 2.7 (L), scFv (TCT1067)-AF-C5, DAR 6.2 (M), scFv (TCT1067)-AF-C5, DAR 11.8 (H) and trastuzumab-AF-C5, DAR 4.8 on (A) U87 cells (B) BT474 cells (C) SKBr3 cells (D) NCI-N87 cells. Figure 83. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of free DM1 drug. Cell killing dose-response profiles of free DM1-PEG9 cytotoxin on (A) U87 cells (B) SKBr3 cells Figure 84. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of DM1-(dPEG12)-based ADCs. Cell-killing dose-response profiles of antibody fragment ADCs scFv (TCT1067)- DM1-(dPEG12), DAR 3.5 (L), scFv (TCT1067)-DM1-(dPEG12) DAR 5.5 (M), scFv (TCT1067)-DM1-(dPEG12), DAR 8 (H) on (A) U87 cells (B) SKBr3 cells. Figure 85. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of free MMAE drug. Cell killing dose-response profiles of free MMAE cytotoxin on (A) U87 cells (B) SKBr3 cells Figure 86. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of MMAE-based ADCs. Cell killing dose-response profiles of antibody fragment ADCs scFv (TCT1067)- MMAE-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG9, DAR9 and Trastuzumab-MMAE-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG9, DAR 4 on (A) U87 cells (B) BT474 cells (C) SKBr3 cells Figure 87. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of free Auristatin drug for 4 and 96 hrs. Cell killing dose-response profiles of free Auristatin cytotoxin on SKBr3 cells for (A) 4 and (B) 96 hours incubation Figure 88. In vitro cytotoxicity plots of trastuzumab and scFv (1067)- Auristatin-C5 conjugates for 4 and 96 hrs. Cell killing dose-response profiles of trastuzumab-Auristatin-C5 and scFv (1067)- Auristatin-C5 on SKBr3 cells for (A) 4 and (B) 96 hours incubation. Figure 89. Fluorescent images from BT474 tumour sections after 2 hrs administration of scFv and IgG-ADCs. (A) High affinity scFv (TCT1067)-P5C5 conjugate, (B) Medium affinity scFv (TCT)- P5C5 conjugate, (C) Trastuzumab-P5C5 conjugate (D) Saline administered control. Figure 90. Pharmacokinetic clearance analysis of scFv (TCT)-MMAF-C5 and controls (compounds 118) in a murine model. A single i.v. dose was injected into female BALB / c mice at 5mg / kg. Plasma samples were taken at time points indicated and analysed by ELISA using anti- protein detection (total protein, indicated by solid lines, closed symbols) and where relevant anti-drug detection (total ADC, indicated by dashed lines, open symbols). The SE of the mean of each group and experimental triplicates are shown. ADC scFv (TCT)-MMAF-C5 (circles) (n=3), trastuzumab-MMAF-C5 (triangles) (n=3) and scFv (TCT) (squares) (n=4). Control scFv (TCT) values supplied from a separate PK study. Figure 91. Pharmacokinetic clearance analysis of scFv (TCT1067)-MMAF-C5 and controls (compounds 118) in a murine model. A single i.v. dose was injected into female BALB / c mice at 5mg / kg. Plasma samples were taken at time points indicated and analysed by ELISA using anti- protein detection (total protein, indicated by solid lines, closed symbols) and where relevant anti-drug detection (total ADC, indicated by dashed lines, open symbols). The SE of the mean of each group and experimental triplicates are shown. ADC scFv (TCT1067)-MMAF-C5 (circles) (n=3), trastuzumab-MMAF-C5 (triangles) (n=3) and scFv (TCT1067) (squares) (n=3). Figure 92. Pharmacokinetic clearance analysis of scFv (TCT)-P5C5 and controls (compounds 71) in a murine model. A single i.v. dose was injected into female BALB / c mice at 5mg / kg. Plasma samples were taken at time points indicated and analysed by ELISA using anti- protein detection (total protein, indicated by solid lines, closed symbols) and where relevant anti-drug detection (total ADC, indicated by dashed lines, open symbols). The SE of the mean of each group and experimental triplicates are shown. ADC scFv (TCT)-P5C5 (circles) (n=3), trastuzumab-P5C5 (triangles) (n=3) and scFv (TCT) (squares) (n=4). Control scFv (TCT) and trastuzumab-P5C5 values supplied from a separate PK study. Figure 93. Pharmacokinetic clearance analysis of scFv (TCT1067)-AF-C5 and control (compounds 122) in a murine model. A single i.v. dose was injected into female BALB / c mice at 2mg / kg. Plasma samples were taken at time points indicated and analysed by ELISA using anti- protein detection (total protein, indicated by solid lines, closed symbols) and where relevant anti-drug detection (total ADC, indicated by dashed lines, open symbols). The SE of the mean of each group and experimental triplicates are shown. ADC scFv (TCT1067)-AF-C5 (circles) (n=3) and scFv (TCT1067) (squares) (n=3). Figure 94. Pharmacokinetic clearance analysis of scFv (TCT1067)-DM1 (dPEG12) and control (compounds 124) in a murine model. A single i.v. dose was injected into female BALB / c mice at 2mg / kg. Plasma samples were taken at time points indicated and analysed by ELISA using anti- protein detection (total protein, indicated by solid lines, closed symbols) and where relevant anti-drug detection (total ADC, indicated by dashed lines, open symbols). The SE of the mean of each group and experimental triplicates are shown. ADC scFv (TCT1067)-DM1 (dPEG12) (circles) (n=3) and scFv (TCT1067) (squares) <semantics>(n=3).<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(n=3).< / annotation>< / semantics> Figure 95. Pharmacokinetic clearance analysis of scFv (TCT1067)-P5-C5 and control (compounds 124) in a rat model. (A) A single i.v. dose was injected into male Sprague-Dawley rats at 4mg / kg. Plasma samples were taken at time points indicated and analysed by ELISA using anti-protein detection (total protein, indicated by solid lines, closed symbols) and where relevant anti-drug detection (total ADC, indicated by dashed lines, open symbols). The SE of the mean of each group and experimental triplicates are shown. ADC scFv (TCT1067)-P5C5 (circles) (n=3) and scFv (TCT1067) (squares) (n=3). (B) 10-fold concentrated urine collected over 24 hours analysed on a HER2- Biacore SPR chip for the scFv (TCT1067)-injected rats, 3 animal samples. The scFv reference is shown. The bulk shifts in the urine samples are due to the concentration of urine components. (C) 10-fold concentrated urine collected over 24 hours analysed on a HER2-Biacore SPR chip for the scFv (TCT1067)-P5C5 conjugate-injected rats, 3 animal samples. The scFv (TCT1067)-P5C5 reference is shown. The bulk shifts in the urine samples are due to the concentration of urine components. Figure 96. Tumour growth inhibition or eradication in a BT474 xenograft model with scFv (TCT1067)-MMAF-C5, Trastuzumab-MMAF-C5 conjugates (compounds 118) and Free MMAF therapeutic agents. (A) Tumour volume against time (days) is plotted with 3 doses of scFv (TCT1067)- MMAF-C5 ADC (circles), 2 doses of trastuzumab-MMAF-C5 conjugate (triangles) and controls (squares). Each group consists of 6 animals and the SE of the mean is shown. Inset is a zoomed-in view of the first 30 days). The second plot is an enlargement of a portion of the first plot (shown by the boxed region). (B) The percentage change in body weight from the start of the treatment of the same groups in (A). Figure 97. Tumour growth inhibition or eradication in a BT474 xenograft model with scFv (TCT)-MMAF-C5, Trastuzumab-MMAF-C5 conjugates (compounds 118) and Free MMAF therapeutic agents. (A) Tumour volume against time (days) is plotted with 2 doses of scFv (TCT1067)- MMAF-C5 ADC (circles), 2 doses of scFv (TCT)-MMAF-C5 ADC (crosses), 2 doses of trastuzumab-MMAF-C5 conjugate (triangles) and controls (squares). Each group consists of 6 animals and the SE of the mean is shown. (B) The percentage change in body weight from the start of the treatment of the same groups in (A). Figure 98. Tumour growth inhibition or eradication in BT474 xenograft model with scFv (TCT1067)-P5C5 and Trastuzumab-P5C5 conjugates (compounds 71). (A) Tumour volume against time (days) is plotted with one dosing regimen of scFv (TCT1067)-P5-C5 ADC (diamonds), one dosing regimen of scFv (TCT1067)- MMAF-C5 ADC (circle), one dosing regimen of trastuzumab-MMAF conjugate (triangles), one dosing regimen of trastuzumab-P5-C5 conjugate (diamonds) and controls (squares). Each group consists of 6 animals and the SE of the mean is shown. (B) The percentage change in body weight from the start of the treatment of the same groups in (A). Figure 99. Tumour growth inhibition or eradication in a BT474 human breast cancer xenograft model with scFv (TCT1067)-AF-C5 conjugates (121) at two different DARs. (A) Tumour volume against time (days) is plotted for two therapeutic agents, scFv (TCT1067)-AuristatinF (L) Low DAR, 2.7 and scFv (TCT1067)-AuristatinF (M) medium DAR, 5.7 and vehicle control. Each group consists of 6 animals and the SE of the mean is shown. (B) The percentage change in body weight from the start of the treatment of the same groups in (A). Figure 100. Tumour growth inhibition or eradication in a BT474 human breast cancer xenograft model with scFv (TCT1067)-AF-C5 conjugates (121) at three different DARs. Tumour volume against time (days) is plotted for two therapeutic agents, scFv (TCT1067)-AuristatinF (L) Low DAR, 2.7 and. scFv (TCT1067)-AuristatinF (M) medium DAR, 5.7, scFv (TCT1067)-AuristatinF (H) High DAR, 11 and vehicle control. Each group consists of 6 animals and the SE of the mean is shown. Figure 101. SDS PAGE of scFv (TCT) conjugates with TCO-PEG4-NHS. Lanes 2-4 are purified antibody fragment (scFv) conjugate. 1 = unmodified scFv (TCT) stock; 2 = scFv (TCT) conjugate with 4 drug equivalent; 3 = TCT conjugate with 6 drug equivalent; 4 = scFv (TCT) conjugate with 16 drug equivalent. Lanes 6-8 are antibody fragment conjugates before purification. 6 = scFv (TCT) conjugate with 4 drug; 7 = scFv (TCT) conjugate with 6 drug equivalent; 8 = scFv (TCT) conjugate with 16 drug equivalent. Size markers used are shown. Figure 102. LCMS data for scFv (TCT)-TCO-PEG4. (A) is the LCMS trace (UV and TIC) and (B) is the deconvoluted mass for the main peak at 10.76 mins. Figure 103: HPLC SEC traces for scFv(TCT-1067)-SN38-(DNMEA)-PAB-Cit- Val-dPEG₅ ADCs 1, 2, 3, 4 run at 1 ml / min and compared to the unconjugated scFv (TCT1067). (A) Profile for absorbance at 280nm (B) Profile for absorbance at 360nm Figure 104: SDS-PAGE reducing gel (4-20%) showing scFv (TCT1067)-SN38- (DNMEA)-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG5 conjugates 1 and 2 in comparison with unconjugated scFv (TCT1067). Figure 105: SDS PAGE reducing gel (4-20%) showing diabody (TCT)-AF-C5 and scFv (TCT)-AF-C5 conjugates against their respective unconjugated antibodies, diabody(TCT) and scFv (TCT). Common factors to all examples All SDS-PAGE gels are reducing. Table 3. Molar extinction coefficients used in examples [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Synthetic experimental procedures Experiments were generally carried out under inert atmosphere (nitrogen) especially in cases where oxygen- or moisture sensitive reagents or intermediates were employed unless otherwise stated. Commercial solvents and reagents were the best grade available and used without further purification. Anhydrous solvents were obtained from either Acros or Sigma-Aldrich. Reactions were followed by thin- layer chromatography (tlc), LCMS or HPLC and purifications carried out by either Biotage automated chromatography using normal or reverse phase supports or by reverse phase HPLC. Reverse phase fractions from either the Biotage or HPLC were concentrated via lyophilisation / freeze-drying. Mass spectrometry data is reported from LCMS or by direct injection using electro-spray (ES) as ionisation mode unless otherwise stated. Chemical shifts for both proton and carbon nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) are expressed as part per million (ppm) with the deuterated solvent as internal reference. Example 1 - Preparation of Cemadotin-NHS (2) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred solution of P5 (100 mg, 0.18 mmol) in DMF (5 mL), HATU (62 mg, 0.16mmol) was added, followed by N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (63 μL, 0.36 mmol), and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then added dropwise over 10 min to a slurry of 4- (aminomethyl)benzoic acid (30 mg, 0.20 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) and stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 30 min, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by preparative HPLC (MeCN in H2O [0.1% TFA]; 4 mL / min; 4 min 20% MeCN, 20-23% over 2 min, 23-25% over 14 min, 25-30% over 2 min, 30-80% over 3 min, 5 min 80% MeCN) collecting <semantics>tR<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">t_R< / annotation>< / semantics> = 9.96 min to give the title product 1 85 mg, (69%) as a white solid. HRMS <semantics>(m / z)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m / z)< / annotation>< / semantics> calculated for C36H57N6O 685.4289 [M +H] found 685.4307; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.86 (br. s, 1H), 9.62 (br. s, 1H), 8.92 (br. s, 1H), 8.40 (t, <semantics>J=6.0<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.0< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, <semantics>J=8.0<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.0< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, <semantics>J=<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J =< / annotation>< / semantics> 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.55 (br. s, 1H), 4.99 (d, <semantics>J=11.0<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 11.0< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 4.61-4.51 (m, 2H), 4.42- 4.24 (m, 3H), 3.77-3.63 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.32-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.20-1.87 (m, 8H), 1.86-1.69 (m, 3H), 1.00-0.93 (m, 6H), 0.88 (dd, <semantics>J=11.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 11.8< / annotation>< / semantics>, 6.6 Hz, 6H), 0.71 (d, <semantics>J=6.7<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.7< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 3H) ppm. To a stirred solution of cemadotin acid 1 (15 mg, 0.02 mmol) and DIPEA (16 μL 0.09 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) TSTU (12 mg, 0.04 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 1 h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by preparative HPLC (MeCN in H2O [0.1% TFA]; 4 mL / min; 25-35% MeCN over 20 min, 35-80% over 5 min, 2 min at 80% MeCN) collecting <semantics>tR<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">t_R< / annotation>< / semantics> = 12.29 min to give the title product 2 13 mg, (76%) as awhite solid; HRMS (ES) <semantics>(m / z)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m / z)< / annotation>< / semantics> calculated for <semantics>C40H60N7O9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">C_{40}H_{60}N_7O_9< / annotation>< / semantics> [M + H] 782.4453 found: 784.44491H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 9.64 (br. s, 1H), 9.18-9.13 (m, 1H), 8.93 (br. s, 1H), 8.39 (t, <semantics>J=6.3<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.3< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, <semantics>J=8.2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.2< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), 7.85 (d, <semantics>J=8.1<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.1< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, <semantics>J=8.1<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.1< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, <semantics>J=8.0 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.0 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, 2H), 6.55 (br. s, 4H), 4.99 (d, <semantics>J=10.9 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 10.9 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, 1H), 4.61 (d, <semantics>J=5.9 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 5.9 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), 4.58-4.52 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.22 (m, 3H), 3.77-3.63 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.81-2.72 (br. d, 5H), 2.69-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.05 (m, 3H), 2.00-1.87 (m, 3H), 1.85-1.69 (m, 3H), 1.00-0.93 (m, 6H), <semantics>0.91−0.81<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">0.91-0.81< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 6H), <semantics>0.71<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">0.71< / annotation>< / semantics> (d, <semantics>J=6.7<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.7< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 3H) ppm. Example 2 – Preparation of Cemadotin C5-NHS (4) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred solution of cemadotin acid 1 (20 mg, 0.03 mmol) in dry DMF (1.5 mL), HATU (10 mg, 0.03 mmol) was added, followed by DIPEA (10 µL, 0.06 mmol), and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then added dropwise over 10 min to a slurry of 5- aminovaleric acid (3.8 mg, 0.03 mmol) in dry DMF (1.5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by preparative HPLC (MeCN in H2O [0.1% TFA]; 4 mL / min; 4 min 20% MeCN, 20- 23% over 2 min, 23-25% over 14 min, 25-30% over 2 min, 30-80% over 3 min, 5 min 80% MeCN) collecting <semantics>tR<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">t_R< / annotation>< / semantics> = 12.18 min to give the title product 3 20 mg, (88%)as awhite solid; HRMS (<semantics>m / z<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">m / z< / annotation>< / semantics>) calculated for C41H66N7O8 [M + H] 784.4973 found: 784.4921; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.64 (br. s, 1H), 8.93 (br. s, 1H), 8.45 <semantics>(t,J=5.8 Hz,1H),8.36(t,J=6.1 Hz,1H),7.77(d,J=7.8 Hz,2H),7.30(d,J=8.0)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(t, J = 5.8 \text{ Hz}, 1\text{H}), 8.36 (t, J = 6.1 \text{ Hz}, 1\text{H}), 7.77 (d, J = 7.8 \text{ Hz}, 2\text{H}), 7.30 (d, J = 8.0)< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), 6.56 (br. s, 2H), 4.99 (d, <semantics>J=10.9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 10.9< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 4.60-4.51 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.28 (q, <semantics>J=6.4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.4< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.70 (m, 3H), 2.35-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.18-1.88 (m, 7H), 1.85-1.58 (m, 7H), 1.29-1.22 (m, 2H), 0.99-0.93 (m, 5H), 0.90-0.81 (m, 8H), <semantics>0.71<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">0.71< / annotation>< / semantics> (d, <semantics>J=6.9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.9< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, <semantics>2H<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2H< / annotation>< / semantics>) ppm. To a stirred solution of cemadotin C5 3 (20 mg, 0.03 mmol) and DIPEA (10 µL 0.06 mmol) in dry DMF (2 mL),TSTU (14 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added, and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 1 h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by preparative HPLC (MeCN in H2O [0.1% TFA]; 3 mL / min; 25-35% MeCN over 20 min, 35-80% over 5 min, 8 min at 80% MeCN) collecting <semantics>tR<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">t_R< / annotation>< / semantics> = 12.13 min to give the title product 4 15 mg, (65%) as a white solid; MS <semantics>(m / z)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m / z)< / annotation>< / semantics> 881.5 [M + H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 9.64 (br. s, 1H), 8.93 (br. s, 1H), 8.45 (t, <semantics>J=5.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 5.8< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 8.36 (t, <semantics>J=6.1<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.1< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, <semantics>J=7.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 7.8< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, <semantics>J=8.0 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.0 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, 2H), 6.56 (br. s, 2H), 4.99 (d, <semantics>J=10.9 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 10.9 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, 1H), 4.60-4.51 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.28 (q, <semantics>J=6.4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.4< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.70 (m, 7H), 2.35-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.18-1.88 (m, 7H), 1.85-1.58 (m, 7H), 1.29-1.22 (m, 2H), 0.99-0.93 (m, 5H), 0.90-0.81 (m, 8H), 0.71 (d, <semantics>J=6.9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.9< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H) ppm. 10 Example 3 – Preparation of P5-C5-NHS (6) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred solution of P5 (100 mg, 0.18 mmol) in dry DMF (5 mL), HATU (62 mg, 0.16 mmol) was added, followed by DIPEA (63 µL, 0.36 mmol), and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then added dropwise over 10 min to a slurry of 5-aminovaleric acid (23 mg, 0.20 mmol) in dry DMF (5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by preparative HPLC (MeCN in H2O [0.1% TFA]; 4 mL / min; 4 min 10% MeCN, 10-20% over 4 min, 20-30% over 8 min, 2 min 30% MeCN) collecting <semantics>tR<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">t_R< / annotation>< / semantics> = 13.58 min to give the title product 5 93 mg, <semantics>(79%)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(79\%)< / annotation>< / semantics> as a white solid; MS <semantics>(m / z)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m / z)< / annotation>< / semantics> 651.4 [M + H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 9.59 (br. s, 1H), 8.92 (d, <semantics>J=7.7<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 7.7< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, <semantics>J=5.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 5.8< / annotation>< / semantics> HZ, 0.6H), 7.73 (t, <semantics>J=5.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 5.8< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 0.4H), 4.97 (d, <semantics>J=11.0<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 11.0< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 4.57 (t, <semantics>J=8.2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.2< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 4.51 (dd, <semantics>J=8.4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.4< / annotation>< / semantics>, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (dd, <semantics>J=8.4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.4< / annotation>< / semantics>, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.75-3.68 (m, 3H), 3.66-3.59 (m, 1H), 3.57- 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 3.01-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.77 (dd, <semantics>J=14.2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 14.2< / annotation>< / semantics>, 4.2 Hz, 6H), 2.67 (t, <semantics>J=7.3<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 7.3< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 2.60 (s, 1H), 2.32-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.09 (m, 3H), 2.06-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.86 (m, 3H), 1.84-1.68 (m, 3H), 1.64-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.43 (m, 2H), 0.96 (dd, <semantics>J=9.4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 9.4< / annotation>< / semantics>, 6.6 Hz, 6H), 0.88-0.82 (m, 9H), 0.71 (d, <semantics>J=<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J =< / annotation>< / semantics> 6.6 Hz, 3H) ppm. To a stirred solution of P5C5 5 (93 mg, 0.14 mmol) and DIPEA (58 µL 0.33 mmol) in dry DMF (10 mL), TSTU (76 mg, 0.25 mmol) was added, and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 1 h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by preparative HPLC (MeCN in H₂O [0.1% TFA]; 4 mL / min; 4 min 15% MeCN, 15-30% over 8 min, 5 min at 30%, 30-40% over 2 min, 3 min at 40% MeCN) collecting <semantics>tR<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">t_R< / annotation>< / semantics> = 13.29 min to give the title product 6 78 mg, (73%) as a white solid; MS (<semantics>m / z<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">m / z< / annotation>< / semantics>) 748.4 [M + H]; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 9.59 (br. s, 1H), 8.92 (d, <semantics>J=7.7<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 7.7< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, <semantics>J=5.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 5.8< / annotation>< / semantics> HZ, 0.6H), 7.73 (t, <semantics>J=5.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 5.8< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 0.4H), 4.97 (d, <semantics>J=11.0<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 11.0< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 4.57 (t, <semantics>J=8.2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.2< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 4.51 (dd, <semantics>J=8.4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.4< / annotation>< / semantics>, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (dd, <semantics>J=8.4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.4< / annotation>< / semantics>, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.75-3.68 (m, 3H), 3.66-3.59 (m, 1H), 3.57- 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 3.01-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.77 <semantics>(dd,J=14.2,4.2Hz,6H),2.67(t,J=7.3Hz,1H),2.60(s,1H),2.32−2.24(m,1H),<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(dd, J = 14.2, 4.2 Hz, 6H), 2.67 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 2.60 (s, 1H), 2.32-2.24 (m, 1H),< / annotation>< / semantics> 2.22-2.09 (m, 3H), 2.06-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.86 (m, 3H), 1.84-1.68 (m, 3H), 1.64- 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.43 (m, 2H), 0.96 (dd, <semantics>J=9.4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 9.4< / annotation>< / semantics>, 6.6 Hz, 6H), 0.88-0.82 (m, 9H), <semantics>0.71<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">0.71< / annotation>< / semantics> (d, <semantics>J=6.6<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.6< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 3H) ppm. Example 4 – Preparation of Doxorubicin-dPEG(7)-NHS: (7) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred suspension of doxorubicin.HCl (15 mg, 0.026 mmol) in dry DMF (2 ml) DIPEA (22.5 μl, 0.013 mmol) was added and stirred under nitrogen for 30 min. resulting in a clear dark-red solution. This was taken up in a 5 ml syringe and added dropwise over 20 min. to a stirred solution of the bis-dPEG7-NHS (24.1 mg, 0.039) mmol) and DIPEA (22.5 μl, 0.13 mmol) in dry DMF (2 ml). The resulting solution was then stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 3 h and evaporated under high vacuum to give a dark red-orange oil. This was purified by flash chromatography [silica gel: 10% MeOH / DCM] and the appropriate fractions (Rf 0.38) collected, combined and evaporated to give the title product 7 10.4 mg (39%) as a red-orange viscous oil; MS (m / z) calculated for C49H64N2O23Na 1071.3798 (M+Na) found 1071.3805 Example 5 – Preparation of Doxorubicin-dPEG8-NHS ester (10) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] 1 Doxorubicin hydrochloride (94 mg, 0.161 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) and DIPEA (89 µl, 0.483 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 10 min, after which NHS-PEG8-N3 (100 mg, 0.177 mmol) was added followed by stirring for 18 h at room temperature under nitrogen in the dark. The reaction mixture was evaporated under vacuum and purified by flash chromatography [silca gel: 5%MeOH / DCM] To give the desired Dox-dPEG8-azide 8 as a red oil 121 mg, <semantics>(76%)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(76\%)< / annotation>< / semantics>. (Rf 0.395, 5% MeOH / DCM); MS <semantics>(m / z)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m / z)< / annotation>< / semantics>: 1010.44 [M++NH4], 1015.39 <semantics>[M++Na]<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">[M^++Na]< / annotation>< / semantics>, 1031.37 <semantics>[M++K]<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">[M^++K]< / annotation>< / semantics>, 1H NMR (CDCI3): <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 14.00 (1H, s, 6-OH), 13.31 (1H, s, 11-OH), 8.08 (1H, d, J=8 Hz, 3-H), 7.84 (1H, t, J=8 Hz, 2-H), 7.43 (1H, d, J=8 Hz, 1-H), 5.53 (1H, d, J=4 Hz, c-OH), 5.33 (1H, s, 1'-OH), 4.79 (2H, s, 14-H), 4.19-4.11 <semantics>(5H,m,CH3−O−,5′−H,7−H),3.71−3.64(33H,m,3′−H,−CH2−O−(CH2−CH2−O)7−CH2−),<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(5H, m, CH3-O-, 5'-H, 7-H), 3.71-3.64 (33H, m, 3'-H, -CH2-O-(CH2-CH2-O)7-CH2-),< / annotation>< / semantics> 3.42 (2H, t, J=8 Hz, -CH2-N3), 3.34-3.05 (2H, q, J=20 Hz, 10-H), 2.46-2.16 (3H, m, 4'-H, b-H, d-H), 1.94-1.77 (4H, m, 2'-H, 8'-H), 1.31 (3H, d, J=8 Hz, 6'-H). To a solution of Dox-dPEG8-azide 8 (120 mg, 0.121 mmol) in 2.5 mL of tert- butanol / water (1:1 v: v) a solution of 5-hexynoic acid (14 mg, 0.121 mmol) in 2.5 mL of tert-butanol / water (1:1) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, followed by addition of copper (II) sulfate (2 mg, 0.012mmol) and (+)-sodium L-ascorbate (5 mg, 0.024mmol). The reaction was warmed to 40 °C and stirred for 24 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with DCM (15 mL) and a solution of citric acid added until pH 4 was reached. The organic layer was then washed with brine (2×10 mL) and the aqueous layers combined and back-extracted with DCM (4×10 mL). The organic fractions were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give a dark red residue. This was purified flash chromatography [silica gel: DCM increasing upto 20% MeOH / DCM) to give the product 9 as a red solid 53.4 mg, (40%). (<semantics>Rf<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">R_f< / annotation>< / semantics>0.20, 10% MeOH / DCM); MS (m / z): 1106.05 [M++H], 1128.00 [M++Na 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 14.01 (1H, s, 6-OH), 13.33 (1H, s, 11-OH), 8.08 (1H, d, J=8 Hz, 3-H), 7.82 (1H, t, J=8 Hz, 2-H), 7.64 (1H, s, -N-CH=CN-), 7.44 (1H, d, J=8 Hz, 1-H), 5.55 (1H, d, J=4 Hz, c-OH), 5.33 (1H, s, 1'-OH), 4.81 (2H, s, 14-H), 4.55 (2H, t, J=4 Hz, - CH=CN-CH2-), 4.16-4.11 (5H, m, CH3-O-, 5'-H, 7-H), 3.86 (2H, t, J=8 Hz, -O-CH2- <semantics>CH2−CN−<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">CH_2-CN_-< / annotation>< / semantics>), 3.70-3.62 (33H, m, 3'-H, -(<semantics>CH2−CH2−O<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">CH_2-CH_2-O< / annotation>< / semantics>)5-<semantics>CH2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">CH_2< / annotation>< / semantics>-), 3.35-3.06 (2H, q, J=20) Hz, 10-H), 2.83 (2H, t, J=4 Hz, -CH2-COOH), 2.47-2.16 (2H, m, b-H, d-H), 2.07- 2.02 (3H, m, 2'-H, 4'-H), 1.83-1.79 (2H, m, 8-H), 1.36-1.28 (5H, m, 6'-H, - CH2-CH2- CH2-COOH).]. A solution of the Dox-dPEG8 acid is stirred in dry DMF with TSTU and DIPEA for 1h. The solvent is taken off using gigh vacuum and the residue purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the NHS ester derivative 10. 35 Example 6 – Preparation of Doxorubicin-dPEG12-SPDP (11) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred suspension of Dox.HCl (10 mg, 0.0172 mmol) in dry DMF (2 ml) DIPEA (7.7 μl) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 10 min. under nitrogen to give a clear red solution. To this, SPDP-dPEG12-NHS ester (17.3 mg, 0.044 mmol) dissolved in dry DMF (1 ml) was added and the reaction stirred at room temperature, under nitrogen and protected from light overnight. The DMF was removed by high vacuum and the dark red oil purified by flash chromatography [silica gel: 10% MeOH / DCM Rf 0.36] to give the desired product 11 16.2 mg (70%) as a red viscous oil; HRMS (m / z) calculated for C62H85N8O21S2 [M + H] 1341.5271 found: 1341.5380 Example 7 – Preparation of Doxorubicin-SMCC (12) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a suspension of Dox.HCl (0.05 g, 0.086 mmol) in dry DMF (10 ml) SMCC cross- linker (0.0346 g, 0.104 mmol) and DIPEA (22.5 µl, 0.129 mmol) were added and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 12 h under nitrogen shielded from light. The suspension goes into solution within 1 h. The solvent was taken off under high vacuum at 35°C to give a dark-red residue. This was taken up in DCM (50 ml), washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give a dark-red solid. This was purified by flash column chromatography [silica gel: 1-5%] MeOH / DCM, <semantics>Rf<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">R_f< / annotation>< / semantics> 0.25] to give 12 as a orange-red solid 0.053 g (78%). MS (m / z) found 785.25 (M+ Na) calculated for C39H42N2O14Na Example 8 – Preparation of Doxorubicin-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG7-NHS ester (16) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a suspension of Dox.HCl (25 mg, 0.043 mmol) and Fmoc-Val-Cit-PNP 13 (30 mg, 0.039 mmol) in dry DMF (1 ml) DIPEA (7.5 μl, 0.043 mmol) was added, resulting in a dark-red solution. This was stirred at toom temperature under nitrogen for 24 h after which the solvent was evaporated under high vacuum and the residue triturated with dry diethyl ether to give a red solid Rf 0.22 [silica gel: 10% MeOH / DCM]. Purification by flash chromatography [silica gel: 5% MeOH / DCM] gave the desired product 14 as a red solid 25.2 mg (55 %); HRMS (m / z) calculated for <semantics>C61H67N6O18<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">C_{61}H_{67}N_6O_{18}< / annotation>< / semantics> [M + H] 1171.4512 found: 1171.4534 To a stirred solution of 14 (20 mg, 0.017 mmol) in dry DCM (5 ml) piperidine (10 mol%) was added. The bright red predominantly in solution mixture immediately became a dark brown clear solution and was stirred for 10 min. after which all the solvent was taken off to give the desired compound 15 a red sticky solid. HRMS <semantics>(m / z)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m / z)< / annotation>< / semantics> calculated for <semantics>C46H57N6O16<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">C_{46}H_{57}N_6O_{16}< / annotation>< / semantics> [M + H] 949.3831 found: 949.3874. This was used without further purification in the the preparation of 16. A solution of compound 15 in dry DMF is added dropwise over 20 min. to a stirred solution of bis-dPEG7-NHS and DIPEA (22.5 μl, 0.13 mmol) in dry DMF. The resulting solution is then stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 3 h and evaporated under high vacuum to give a dark red-orange oil. This is purified by flash chromatography [silica gel: 10% MeOH / DCM] and the appropriate fractions collected, combined and evaporated to give the title product 16 as a red-orange viscous oil. Example 9 – Preparation of camptothecin-dPEG3-NHS ester (19) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred solution of camptothecin (400.0 mg, 1.1 mmol) in dry DCM (100 ml) were subsequently added 5-hexynoic acid (319.8 mg, 2.9 mmol), EDC (437.1 mg, 2.28 mmol) and DMAP (139.4mg, 1.14 mmol). The yellow suspension was left stirring at RT under N2 and in the dark for 16 hours. The resulting light brown solution was washed with H2O (120 ml) and extracted with DCM (100 mL). Organic phases were combined, washed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash chromatography [silical gel: with a 1-3% MeOH / DCM gradient] to give the camptothecin alkyne 17 as an off-white / yellow powder 471.1 mg, (91.6%); HRMS (m / z): calculated for <semantics>C26H22N2O5<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">C_{26}H_{22}N_2O_5< / annotation>< / semantics> 443.1623 [M+H], found 443.1607. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics>= 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (ddd, J=8.5, 6.8, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 5.71 (d, J=17.3 Hz, 1H), 5.43 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 2.78-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.28 (m,3H), 2.18 (dq, J= 13.6, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.05 (t, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 1.90 (p, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.01 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics>= 172.1, 167.5, 157.4, 152.4, 148.9, 146.2, 146.0, 131.2, 130.70, 129.6, 128.5, 128.2, 128.1, 120.3, 96.0, 83.0, 75.9, 69.5, 67.1, 49.9, 32.4, 31.9, 23.2, 17.7, 7.6; IR <semantics>λmax<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\lambda_{\text{max}}< / annotation>< / semantics>: 3302.5, 2984.3, 2943.6, 1753.6, 1737.3, 1669.3, 1624.3, 1564.1, 1446.8, 1405.6, 1365.6, 1351.3, 1296.6, 1234.1, 1205.3, 1166.5, 1131.8, 1088.4, 1045.3, 1011.2, 976.5, 946.6, 909.3, 825.4, 786.2, 762.2, 722.4, 652.0; To a stirred solution of the camptothecin alkyne 17 (60mg, 0.136 mmol) in 15ml 1:2 H2O: tert-butanol were subsequently added 63.2mg azido-PEG3-acid (0.271 mmol, 2eq), 2.7mg Na ascorbate (0.0136 mmol, 0.1 eq) and 2.2mg CuSO4 (0.0136 mmol, 0.1eq). The white suspension was stirred at 80°C under <semantics>N2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">N_2< / annotation>< / semantics> and in the dark for 5h. After the clear solution was cooled down to RT, 15ml DCM and 15ml distilled H2O were added and the organic layer was separated. The obtained organics were washed with 25ml 0.5M HCl and 25ml 1:1 1M HCl:brine (organic layer becomes a fluorescent yellow), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash chromatography [silica ge: 10-15% MeOH / DCM gradient, followed by 0.1% formic acid 10% MeOH / DCM. The appropriate fractions were combined, concentrated in vacuo and washed with hot ether under reflux for 1 hour. A yellow, sticky solid was obtained as the desired product 18 71mg (78.4%); ; HRMS (m / z): 676.2644 [M+H], calculated mass 676.2669. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ= 8.44 (s, 1H, 5-CH-aromatic), 8.28 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, 4-CH-aromatic), 7.97 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, 1-CH-aromatic), 7.87 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, 3-CH-aromatic), 7.70 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H, 2-CH-aromatic), 7.30 (s, 1H, 7-CH-aromatic), 5.71 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H, 8-CH2-O), 5.44 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H, 8-CH2-O), 5.33 (s, 2H, 6-CH2-N), 4.52 (td, J= 4.8, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 3.86 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (dd, J= 5.8, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 3.68-3.57 (m, 6H), 2.82 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, 3H), 2.68-2.49 (m, 3H), 2.31 (dq, J= 14.8, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 2.18 (dq, J= 14.7, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 2.06 (p, J= 7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.01 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, 10- CH3); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics>= 172.39, 167.73, 157.40, 152.23, 146.08, 131.52, 130.86, 129.36, 128.56, 128.23, 122.57, 120.29, 96.37, 75.82, 70.39, 69.50, 67.13, 50.12, 49.99, 32.84, 31.81, 24.43, 24.24, 7.59; IR cm-1: 3422.20, 2913.21, 1745.90, 1664.85, 1616.45, 1562.85, 1501.82, 1457.03, 1404.63, 1352.03, 1299.22, 1231.80, 1132.95, 1088.07, 1048.25, 994.41, 947.36, 815.25, 787.33, 763.06, 724.93. To a stirred solution of the camptothecin acid 18 acid (10mg) were added 160.3mg disuccinimidyl carbonate (DSC) (0.64 mmols) and 24 mg triethylamine (0.24 mmols) in dry DMF (3 ml). The yellow solution was left stirring at RT, under N2 and in the dark. Further addition of 160.4mg DSC (43eq) and 24.1mg triethylamine was carried out after 16 hours. After 6 more hours, the reaction was stopped and concentrated in vacuo to give an orange oil. This was redissolved in 15ml DCM, washed with 15ml 0.5M HCl and 15ml brine and dried over Na2SO4. This work-up procedure was repeated twice, and one last wash was performed with 2x5ml H2O and 5ml brine. The dried organics were filtered and concentrated in vacuo and lyophilized to give the desired compound 19 as a white hygroscopic powder 9mg. MS (m / z) 773.2832 (M+1), 796.2639 (M+Na) 20 Example 10 – Preparation of ellipticine-C6-NHS ester (21) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a solution of ellipticine (35 mg, 0.14 mmol) in dry DMF (5 ml), 6-bromohexanoic (55.4 mg, 0.284 mmol) acid was added and the reaction mixture stirred at 120°C for 4 hr and then at room temperature for a further 12 hr to give a mustards-yellow precipitate. This was filtered and washed with cold anhydrous ether. Some precipitation was also observed in the filtrate which was also collected. The total combined yield obtained of compound 20 was 49.1 mg (78%). Analysis by TLC [silica gel: MeCN:Water: KNO3 (satd.)] showed the product to be a single yellow spot (Rf 0.55, Ellipticine Rf 0.67). HRMS (m / z) calculated for <semantics>C23H25N2O2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">C_{23}H_{25}N_2O_2< / annotation>< / semantics> 361.1916 (M+1) found 361.1924 To a partial suspension of the acid 20 (10 mg, 0.023 mmol) in dry DMF (1.5 ml), TSTU (12 mg, 0.04 mmol) followed by DIPEA (16.2 µl, 0.093 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture stirred for 1 h at room temperature under nitrogen. Over the course of the reaction the suspension slowly gave way to a clear mustard- yellow coloured solution. The reaction was followed by TLC [silica gel: MeCN:Water:KNO3 (satd.)] and once complete, the DMF was taken off using high vacuum keeping the temperature below 30oC. The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether and air dried to give the ester 21 as a mustard-yellow coloured solid; HRMS (m / z) calculated for C27H28BrN3O4 Example 11 – Preparation of ellipticine-PEG4-NHS ester (23) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred solution of ellipticine (0.035 g, 0.142 mmol) in dry DMF (4 ml) under nitrogen, Br-PEG4-acid (0.0936 g, 0.0284 mmol) dissolved in dry DMF (1 ml) was added. The reaction was stirred at 120°C for 4 h, allowed to cool and stirred at room temperature for a further 12 h. The DMF was taken off using high vacuum and the residue purified by preparative HPLC [Chromolith HighResolution RP-18e] 100x4.6mm] 100% 10mM Na₃PO₄ / pH7 to 100% MeCN over 27 mins step gradient at 20°C, detecting at 280 and 435nm collecting <semantics>tR<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">t_R< / annotation>< / semantics> 7.9 min to give the acid 22 as a yellow hygroscopic solid 40.6 mg (50%); HRMS (m / z) calculated for C25H35 N2O6 M-Br) 495.2495 found 495.2498 The ellipticine-PEG4-acid 22 (0.0143 g, 0.00256 mmol) was dissolved in dry DMSO (1 ml) and stirred under nitrogen. To this, TSTU (0.0136 g, 0.00451 mmol) was added followed by DIPEA (18.5 <semantics>μ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\mu< / annotation>< / semantics>l, 0.105 mmol) and the bright yellow solution was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 1 h. The solvent was taken under high vacuum and the sticky residue triturated with dry ether and after decanting the ether, dried under high vacuum to give 23 as a yellow sticky solid 11.4 mg (66%); HRMS (m / z) calculated for <semantics>C32H38N3O<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">C_{32}H_{38}N_3O< / annotation>< / semantics> (M-Br) 592.2659 found 592.2643 Examle 12 – Preparation of Ellipticine-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG3-NHS ester (29) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred solution of Cit-Val-PAB-OH (24) (0.10 g, 0.43 mmol) in dry DMF (8 mL), 11-Azido-3,6,9-trioxaundecanoic acid (0.16 g, 0.43 mmol) in dry DMF (1 mL) was added. EEDQ (2-Ethoxy-1-Ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydro quinoline (100 mg, 0.5) mmol) was then added and the solution was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography [silica gel:10% MeOH / DCM] to yield the product 25 (0.21 g (82%)) as a white solid. mp 139°C; HRMS (m / z) calculated for C26H42N8O8 617.3023 [M+Na]. Found 617.2999, IR 3270, 2925, 2103, 1629, 1538, 1272, 1094, 799 cm-1 ; 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.43 – 4.52 <semantics>(m,2H),4.30(d,J=7.2Hz,2H),4.05(s,2H),3.59−3.77(m,10H),3.30(m,2H),<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m, 2H), 4.30 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 3.59 - 3.77 (m, 10H), 3.30 (m, 2H),< / annotation>< / semantics> 3.04 - 3.25 (m, 2H), 2.04 - 2.17 (m, 1H), 1.67 - 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.57 (m,2H), 0.97 (m, 6H); 1C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 17.9, 19.2, 26.8, 29.3, 31.1, 39.6, 49.9, 53.2, 56.5, 62.6, 69.2, 69.6, 69.6, 69.7, 69.8, 70.3, 118.8, 126.9, 17.5, 158.9, 170.3, 170.7; To a stirred solution of the PEG3 azide linker 25 in dry CH2Cl2 (60 mg in 2 mL), HBr (33% in AcOH, 1M, 0.04 mL) was added in a dropwise. After 10 min, the flask was put on ice, NaHCO3 was than added slowly, and the solution was stirred for 30 min. After stirring, the solution was filtered, washed with water and diethyl ether and dried in vacuo to yield the bezyl bromide derivative 26 (20 mg (33%) as a cream solid; HRMS (m / z) calculated for <semantics>C26H42N8O7Br<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">C_{26}H_{42}N_8O_7Br< / annotation>< / semantics> 657.2360 (M+1). Found 657.2357. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.63 – 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.43 – 7.21 (m, 2H), 4.60 – 4.47 (m, 2H), 4.33 – 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.88 – 3.60 (m, 10H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 3.30 - 3.1 (m, 2H), 2.20 - 2.07 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.72 - 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.09 - 0.90 (m, 6H); 9-Hydroxyellipticine (10 mg, 0.04 mmol) and K2CO3 (0.12 g, 0.08 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMF (4 mL) and stirred for 5 min. The brominated linker 26 (30 mg, 0.04 mmol) was added as a solution in dry DMF and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 17 hours. A black solid was obtained after concentration in vacuo, which was then dissolved in CHCl₃:MeOH 9:1, washed with water, dried, and concentrated to give the alkylated ellipticine derivative 27 24 mg (76%) as a dark brown solid; MS (m / z) 840 [M]+; HRMS (m / z) calculated for C43H55N10O8 839.4204. Found 839.4202. IR 3272, 2937, 2107, 1646, 1526, 1462, 1415, 1254, 1103, 807 cm-1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.38 – 8.10 (m, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), <semantics>7.99−7.81<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">7.99 - 7.81< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 1H), <semantics>7.75<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">7.75< / annotation>< / semantics> (d, <semantics>J=8.0<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.0< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), <semantics>7.68−7.48<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">7.68 - 7.48< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 2H), <semantics>7.48−7.32<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">7.48 - 7.32< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 1H), <semantics>7.30−6.98<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">7.30 - 6.98< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 1H), <semantics>5.84<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">5.84< / annotation>< / semantics> (s, 0H), <semantics>4.54<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">4.54< / annotation>< / semantics> (dd, <semantics>J=1.5<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 1.5< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>8.9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">8.9< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), <semantics>4.31<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">4.31< / annotation>< / semantics> (q, <semantics>J=1.5<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 1.5< / annotation>< / semantics>) 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (d, <semantics>J=9.3<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 9.3< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), 3.92 – 3.46 (m, 9H), 3.35 (d, <semantics>J=17.3<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 17.3< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 12H), 3.17 (d, <semantics>J=18.8 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 18.8 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, 3H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.70 (d, <semantics>J=7.6 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 7.6 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, 2H), 1.90 (s, 1H), 1.78 (s, 1H), 1.60 (s, 2H), 1.06 - 0.86 (m, 6H); The azide ellipticine derivative 28 undergoes 1,3 cycloaddition with hexynoic-acid under 'click' conditions using Cu(II)SO4 and ascorbic acid to give the derivative with a carboxylic acid 28. Activating this terminal carboxylic acid of derivative 28 with TSTU and DIPEA in dry DMF will give the activated succinimidyl ester derivative 29. Example 13 – Preparation of Ellipticine-N-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG3-NHS ester (33) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] 15 Example 14 – Preparation of N-Ellipticinepentyl amine (36) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Sodium azide (0.6 g, 9.6 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL) and 1,5- dibromopentane (1.2 mL, 8.7 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 50°C overnight with a blast shield in place. The solution was cooled to 0°C and water (20 mL) was added. The mixture was then extracted with EtOAc (3 × 20 mL), washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to form an oil that was purified by column chromatography with <semantics>n<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">n< / annotation>< / semantics>-hexane to yield 34 (1.5) g, 90%) as a clear oil. Azide staining reagent was used to follow the azide, and iodine visualization was used to stain for the starting dibromopentane, the first compound off the column. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 3.44 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.32 (t, <semantics>J=6.7 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.7 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, 2H), 1.92 (p, <semantics>J=7.0 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 7.0 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, 2H), 1.69 – 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.61 – 1.51 <semantics>(m,2H)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m, 2H)< / annotation>< / semantics>. Ellipticine (50 mg g, 0.2 mmol) was added to 1-azido-5-bromopentane 34 (80 mg, 0.4 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) and heated to 120°C for 4 hours, followed by stirring at room temperature for three days. The orange suspension was treated with ether (10 mL) and filtered to give the quaternised ellipticine derivative 35 64 mg (90%) as a yellow solid. m.p. decomposed without melting >150°C IR 3065, 2088, 1598, 1578, 1463, 1420, 1401, 1154, 744, 716, 606 cm-1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 12.16 (s, 1H), 10.09 (s, 1H), 8.62 – 8.52 (m, 1H), 8.44 (dd, <semantics>J=11.7,7.6<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 11.7, 7.6< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), <semantics>7.71−7.57<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">7.71 - 7.57< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 2H), <semantics>7.37<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">7.37< / annotation>< / semantics> (s, 1H), <semantics>4.72<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">4.72< / annotation>< / semantics> (t, <semantics>J=7.5<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 7.5< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), <semantics>3.37<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.37< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 4H), <semantics>3.30<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.30< / annotation>< / semantics> (s, 3H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 1.62 (p, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.51 – 1.28 (m, 2H); <semantics>7<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">^{7}< / annotation>< / semantics>C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 206.5, 146.5, 144.3, 142.6, 13.3, 12.5, 10.8, 128.7, 125.6, 124.4, 122.1, 120.8, 120.2, 111.6, 110.45, 59.2, 50.4, 30.4, 27.7, 22.9, 15.1, 12.1; MS (ES+) <semantics>m / z<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">m / z< / annotation>< / semantics> 358 [M]+; HRMS (m / z) mass calculated for <semantics>C22H24N5<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">C_{22}H_{24}N_5< / annotation>< / semantics> 358.2032. Found 358.2036. The Ellipticine azide 35 (10 mg, 0.036 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (2 mL). Pd / C was added and a hydrogen balloon was attached to the stirring solution. After 6.5 hours the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo to give the ellipticine amine 36 (7.0 mg, 58%) as bright orange crystals. Importantly, reduction of the pyridine ring can occur when left under hydrogen overnight so careful monitoring by TLC (MeCN:H2O:KNO3 8:1:1) is required. m.p. decomposed without melting >150°C IR 2934, 1598, 1578, 1419, 1244, 1176, 747, 628 cm-1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 9.86 (d, <semantics>J=1.1<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 1.1< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 8.38 – 8.27 (m, 3H), 7.64 – 7.54 <semantics>(m,2H),7.36 (ddd,J=8.0,6.5,1.7Hz,1H),4.81−4.71(m,2H),3.25(s,3H),3.00<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m, 2H), 7.36 \text{ (ddd}, J = 8.0, 6.5, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.81 - 4.71 (m, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.00< / annotation>< / semantics> <semantics>−2.92<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">-2.92< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 2H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.18 (ddd, <semantics>J=12.2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 12.2< / annotation>< / semantics>, 10.2, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.83 <semantics>−1.72<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">-1.72< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, MeOD) δ 146.5, 144.3, 142.6, 133.3, 132.5, 130.8, 128.7, 125.9, 124.4, 122.1, 120.8, 120.5, 120.1, 111.6, 110.4, 59.2, 48.5, 40.1, 39.9, 39.7, 39.4, 39.2, 39.0, 38.8, 30.3, 26.9, 22.6, 15.2, 15.1, 12.0; MS (m / z) 332 [M]<semantics>†<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">^{\dagger}< / annotation>< / semantics>; HRMS (m / z) calculated for C22H26N3 322.2127. Found 332.2123. The PEG3 azide linker 25 (20 mg, 0.03 mmol) and bisnitrophenyl carbonate (30 mg, 0.10 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (2 mL). DIPEA (0.1 mL, 0.07 mmol) was added and the solution was heated to 50°C for 3 hours. The DMF was removed in vacuo, water was added, and the product was extracted with CH2Cl2:MeOH 9:1, before being dried and concentrated to yield activated p-nitrophenyl derivative 30 20 mg (74%) as a dark yellow oil. IR 1652, 1590, 1516, 1498, 134, 1288, 1216, 1109, 850, 753, 629 cm-1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) 8.30 – 8.39 (m, 2H), 7.61 – <semantics>7.71 (m, 2H),7.40−7.53 (m, 4H),5.28 (s, 2H),4.50−4.61 (m, 1H),4.33 (d, J = 1.54)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">7.71 \text{ (m, 2H)}, 7.40 - 7.53 \text{ (m, 4H)}, 5.28 \text{ (s, 2H)}, 4.50 - 4.61 \text{ (m, 1H)}, 4.33 \text{ (d, J = 1.54)}< / annotation>< / semantics> 7.1 Hz, 1H), <semantics>4.09<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">4.09< / annotation>< / semantics> (s, 2H), <semantics>3.64−3.79<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.64 - 3.79< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 10H), <semantics>3.22−3.14<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.22 - 3.14< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 1H), <semantics>2.16<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.16< / annotation>< / semantics> (h, <semantics>J=6.9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.9< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 1.79-1.92 (m, 2H), 8.6 Hz, 2H), 1.60 (m, 6H); MS (ES+) 782 [M+Na]; 13C NMR (100 MHz, MeOD) δ 172.0, 171.3, 171.0, 163.8, 163.8, 161.1, 155.8, 152.6, 145.3, 140.4, 130.6, 129.2, 125.7, 121.9, 119.8, 115.1, 70.8, 70.3, 70.2, 70.1, 69.7, 50.4, 48.3, 48.1, 47.8, 47.6, 47.4, 47.2, 47.1, 30.9, 18.4, 17.4; HRMS (m / z) calculated for C33H45N9O12 782.3170 [M+Na]+. Found 782.3173. The ellipticine amine 36 (11 mg, 0.03 mmol) and the activated linker 30 (24 mg, 0.03 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMF. DIPEA (6 <semantics>μ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\mu< / annotation>< / semantics>L, added via Gilson pipette, 0.035 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred in the dark at room temperature for 24 hours. The product was precipitated by addition of diethyl ether and centrifuged. The supernatant was removed and the resulting solid was washed with diethyl ether and dried to give the ellipticine linker derivative 31 10 mg, (36%) as a yellow solid. MS (ES+) m / z 952 [M]+; HRMS calculated for C49H66N11 952.5045. Found 952.4993. The azide ellipticine derivative 31 undergoes 1,3 cycloaddition with hexynoic-acid under 'click' conditions using Cu(II)SO₄ and ascorbic acid to give the derivative 32. Activating the terminal carboxylic acid of derivative 32 with TSTU and DIPEA in dry DMF will give the succinimidyl ester derivative 33. Example 15 - Preparation of 6-Maleimidocaproyl-MMAE (37) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a suspension of MMAE (0.05 g, 0.0694 mmol) in freshly distilled dry DCM (2 ml), 6-maleimidocaproic acid (0.0221 g, 0.104 mmol) was added followed by diethylcyanophosphonate (21 <semantics>μ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\mu< / annotation>< / semantics>l, 0.139 mmol) and DIPEA (37 <semantics>μ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\mu< / annotation>< / semantics>l, 0.208 mmol). On addition of DIPEA, the reaction mixture became clear and was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 12 h, TLC [silica gel: 5% MeOH / DCM, Rf 0.31]. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (30 ml) and washed with 10% citric acid (2 X 20 ml), water (20 ml), brine (20 ml) and concentrated to dryness. The crude was purified by flash column chromatography [silica gel: 5% MeOH / DCM] to give 6- Maleimidocaproyl-MMAE 37 as a white solid 0.023 g (36%). MS (m / z) found 911.58 (M+1) calculated for C49H79N6O10 Example 16 – Preparation of 6-maleimidocaproyl-Val-Cit-PAB-MMAE (40) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred solution of val-cit-PAB 24 (0.11 g, 0.29 mmol) in dry N- methylpyrrolidinone, NMP (5 ml) under nitrogen, N-succinimidyl-6- maleimidohexanoate (0.0983 g, 0.318 mmol) was added and the resulting light- brown solution stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The NMP was removed by high vacuum at < 40°C. The resulting thick oily residue was triturated with dry ether (20 ml) the solid collected by filtration and washed several times with dry ether and air dried to give the desired product 38 an off-white powder 0.16 g (98%). TLC [silica gel: 10% MeOH / DCM Rf 0.21. MS (m / z) 572.653 (M+1) calculated for C28H41N6O7 To stirred solution of 6-maleimidocaproyl-val-cit-PAB 38 in dry DMF under nitrogen, bis-(p-nitrophenyl)carbonate was added followed by DIPEA, resulting in a colour change from colourless to bright yellow. The solution was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 1 h after which the DMF was removed by high vacuum to give an oily residue. This was triturated with ethyl acetate for 15 min resulting in precipitation which was completed by the addition of ether. The solid was collected and washed well with ether and air dried to give an off-white solid. TLC [silica gel: 10 % MeOH / DCM Rf 0.46]. This was purified by chromatography [silica gel: 5-10% MeOH / DCM gradient elution] to give the activated linker 39 as a white solid 0.006 g, (46%). MS (m / z) 738..3091 (M+H), HRMS (m / z) calculated for C35H43N7O11Na M+Na 760.2918 found 760.2922 The activated linker 39 (50 mg, 0.068 mmol), MMAE (32.6 mg, 0.045 mmol) and N-hydroxybenzotriazole (1.4 mg, 0.0091 mmol) are stirred in dry DMF (1 ml) for 2 min. after which a drop of pyridine is added and the reaction stirred for 24 h. The solvent is then removed by high vacuum and the residue purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC togive the desired product 40 after lyopholisation as a white powder; MS (m / z) 1316.7 (M+H). Example 17 - Preparation of Paclitaxel-dPEG6-NHS ester (44) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Paclitaxel (100 mg, 0.12 mmol) and glutaric anhydride (17 mg, 0.14 mmol) were dissolved in dry DCM (10 ml) and stirred for 10 min, followed by addition of dry pyridine (100 μl, 0.0013 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 days at room temperature and evaporated under vacuum. The residue obtained was recrystallized from DCM to afford the paclitaxel acid 41 as a white solid 60.7 mg (52.3%). (Rf0.26, 3% MeOH / DCM). 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.16 (2H, d, J=4 Hz, 23-H, 27-H), 7.78 (2H, d, J=4 Hz, 39-H, 43-H), 7.66-7.36 (11H, CH, Ar), 6.28 (2H, m, 10- H, 13-H), 6.01 (1H, q, J=4 Hz, 3'-H), 5.71 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz, 2-H), 5.52 (1H, d, J=3.2 Hz, 2'-H), 5.00 (1H, d, J=8 Hz, 5-H), 4.47 (1H, q, J=6.4 Hz, 7-H), 4.29 (2H, d, J=8.4) Hz, 20-H), 3.83 (1H, d, J=6.8 Hz, 3-H), 2.53-2.16 (15H, m, 7-OH, 6-H, 14-H, g2-H, g4-H, 29-H, 31-H), 2.06-1.70 (7H, m, 1-OH, g3-H, 6-H, 18-H, 19-H), 1.28-1.16 (6H, m, 16-H, 17-H). MS (m / z): 968.36 [M+], 985.39 [M++NH4], 990.35 [M++Na]. (Theoretical: C52H57NO17 968.01). To a stirred solution of paclitaxel acid 41 (26 mg, 0.027 mmol) and SDPP (20 mg, 0.058 mmol) in dry acetonitrile (5 ml), TEA (20 µl, 0.143 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature under nitrogen, followed by evaporation and purification by silica gel chromatography (MeOH / DCM=3:97) to give paclitaxel NHS ester 42 as a white solid 38 mg (76%). <semantics>(Rf0.48)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(R_f 0.48)< / annotation>< / semantics>. 1H NMR (CDCl3): <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 8.15 (2H, d, <semantics>J<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J< / annotation>< / semantics>=7.6 Hz, 23-H, 27-H), 7.72 (2H, d, <semantics>J<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J< / annotation>< / semantics>=7.6 Hz, 39-H, 43-H), 7.64-7.37 (11H, CH, Ar), 6.28 (2H, m, 10-H, 13-H), 6.01 (1H, q, <semantics>J=4<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J=4< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 3'-H), 5.71 (1H, d, <semantics>J=7.2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J=7.2< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2-H), 5.52 (1H, d, <semantics>J=3.2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J=3.2< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2'-H), 5.00 (1H, d, J=8 Hz, 5-H), 4.47 (1H, q, J=6.4 Hz, 7-H), 4.29 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz, 20-H), 3.83 (1H, d, J=6.8 Hz, 3-H), 2.99-2.36 (15H, m, 7-OH, 6-H, 14-H, g2-H, g4-H, 29-H, 31- H), 2.29-1.82 (15H, m, 1-OH, g3-H, 6-H, 18-H, 19-H, n3-H, n4-H), 1.28-1.16 (6H, m, 16-H, 17-H). MS (m / z): 1065.38 [M+], 1087.36 [M++Na]. (Theoretical: <semantics>C56H60N2O19<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">C_{56}H_{60}N_2O_{19}< / annotation>< / semantics> 1065.08). To a solution of the paclitaxel NHS ester 42 (32 mg, 0.03 mmol) in dry DCM (5 mL), H2N-PEG6-COOH (10.6 mg, 0.03 mmol) and TEA (5 μl, 0.03 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight under nitrogen, followed by washing with HCl (2×10 mL, 0.1 M) and brine (2×10 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give 43 as a clear oil 25 mg, (64%). [Silica gel: 5% MeOH / DCM Rf 0.16]. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.16 (2H, d, J=7.6 Hz, 23- H, 27-H), 7.86 (2H, d, J=7.6 Hz, 39-H, 43-H), 7.65-7.30 (11H, CH, Ar), 6.28 (2H, m, 10-H, 13-H), 6.01 (1H, q, J=4 Hz, 3'-H), 5.71 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz, 2-H), 5.50 (1H, d, J=3.2 Hz, 2'-H), 5.00 (1H, d, J=8 Hz, 5-H), 4.47 (1H, q, J=6.4 Hz, 7-H), 4.29 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz, 20-H), 3.83 (1H, d, J=6.8 Hz, 3-H), 3.73-3.47 (24H, m, -CO-NH-(CH2- CH2-O)6-CH2-), 2.62-1.87 (24H, m, 7-OH, 6-H, 14-H, 18-H, g2-H, g4-H, 29-H, 31- H, 1-OH, g3-H, 6-H, 19-H), 1.28-1.16 (6H, m, 16-H, 17-H). MS (m / z): 1303.56 [M+], 1325.56 [M++Na], 1341.55 [M++K]. (Theoretical: C67H86N2O23 1303.40). To a stirred solution of paclitaxel-PEG6-acid 43 (22 mg, 0.017 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL), TSTU (11 mg, 0.034 mmol) and DIPEA (15 μl, 0.085 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature under nitrogen, followed by concentration to afford the crude product as a yellow oil. This was purified by flash chromatography [silica gel, 3-5% MeOH / DCM] to afford the NHS ester 44 15.2 mg (64%). [silica gel 3%MeOH / DCM <semantics>Rf<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">R_f< / annotation>< / semantics> 0.18]. 1H NMR (CDCl3): <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 8.16 (2H, d, J=7.6 Hz, 23-H, 27-H), 7.86 (2H, d, J=7.6 Hz, 39-H, 43-H), 7.65-7.30 (11H, CH, Ar), 6.28 (2H, m, 10-H, 13-H), 6.01 (1H, q, J=4 Hz, 3'-H), 5.71 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz, 2-H), 5.50 (1H, d, J=3.2 Hz, 2'-H), 5.00 (1H, d, J=8 Hz, 5-H), 4.47 (1H, q, J=6.4 Hz, 7-H), 4.29 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz, 20-H), 3.83 (1H, d, J=6.8 Hz, 3-H), 3.73- 3.47 (24H, m, -CO-NH-(CH2-CH2-O)6-CH2-), 2.62-1.87 (28H, m, 7-OH, 6-H, 14-H, 18-H, g2-H, g4-H, 29-H, 31-H, 1-OH, g3-H, 6-H, 19-H, n3-H, n4-H), 1.28-1.16 (6H, m, 16-H, 17-H). MS (m / z): 1400.60 [M+], 1417.62 [M++NH4], 1422.58 [M++Na], 1338.60 [M<semantics>+<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">^+< / annotation>< / semantics>+K]. (Theoretical: <semantics>C71H89N3O26<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">C_{71}H_{89}N_3O_{26}< / annotation>< / semantics> 1400.47). Example 18 – Preparation of Paclitaxel-PAB-Val-Cit-dPEG7 NHS ester (47) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred mixture of paclitaxel (100 mg, 0.117 mmol) and Fmoc-Val-Cit-PAB (74.8 mg, 0.00976 mmol) in dry DCM (10 ml) DMAP (14.3 mg, 0.117 mmol) is added and stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 48 h. The solvent is evaporated to give a light-yellow crystalline solid which is purified by flash column chromatography [silica gel: 3-5% MeOH / Chloroform] giving the desired compound 45. To a stirred solution of 45 in dry THF, DBU is added and stirred for 10 min. after which the solvent is removed to give the deprotected derivative 46 which is used without further purification. A solution of 46 in dry DCM is added dropwise over 20-30 min. to a stirred solution of the bis-dPEG7 NHS ester in dry DCM under nitrogen after which it is stirred for 2 h, quenched by the addition of water, back- extracted with DCM and the combined organic extracts dried and evaporated to give crude 47. Example 19 – Preparation of Doxorubicin-dPEG12-Maleimide (48) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred suspension of Dox.HCl (10 mg, 0.017 mmol) in dry DMF (2 ml) DIPEA (7.7 μl) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 10 min. under nitrogen to give a clear red solution. To this, Maleimide-dPEG12 NHS ester (16.4 mg, 0.019 mmol) dissolved in dry DMF (1 ml) was added and the reaction stirred at room temperature, under nitrogen and protected from light overnight. The DMF was removed by high vacuum and the dark red oil purified by flash chromatography [silica gel: 10% MeOH / DCM Rf 0.5] to give the desired product 48 17.8 mg (80%) as a red viscous oil; HRMS (m / z) calculated for <semantics>C61H87N3O27Na<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">C_{61}H_{87}N_3O_{27}Na< / annotation>< / semantics> [M + Na] 1316.5424 found: 1316.5601 Example 20 – Preparation of Cemadotin-SH (53) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Example 21 – Preparation of Cemadotin-OH (54) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Example 22 – Preparation of Cemadotin-O-PAB-Cit-Val-PEG3-NHS ester (57) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Example 23 – Preparation of seco CBI-β-Glucuronide-NHS ester (65) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] 5 : [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] . - . . . . Example 25 – Preparation of Maytansinol DM4 Mal-PEG4-NHS ester (68) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Example 26 – Scheme for the synthesis of conjugates [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] 5 [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] ٠ . [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Example 27 - Expression and purification of a single-chain Fv antibody fragment bearing multiple, well-dispersed, surface lysine residues Construction of the anti-HER2 cytoplasmic-expression scFv clone, TCT The open reading frame (ORF) of the scFv C6.5 [Adams GP et al. Cancer Res, 2001, 61:4750-55], which is known to have multiple, well-spaced, surface lysine residues, was cloned into the expression vector pET32 Xa / LIC (Novagen) carrying the ORF of thioredoxin as a fusion tag to enable the cytoplasmic expression of the protein. To facilitate the cleavage of the fusion tag at low cost and effective detection and monitoring of the resulting scFv, the following features were engineered into the vector: a) TEV protease cleavage site, downstream of the Factor Xa cleavage site b) Linker region between the TEV protease cleavage site and the C6.5 ORF. Without this the TEV protease fails to cleave, probably due to the fact that the structure of scFv C6.5 sterically hinders access to its cleavage site. c) T7 tag sequence at the C-terminus of the C6.5. This Tag was chosen because it lacks lysine residues. The resulting protein was called scFv (TCT) (Tev cleavage site, C6.5, T7 tag). The DNA sequence can be found below: KEY: Bold = Residual Ser left after TEV cleavage Underlined = Linker region (GSGGSG) Unformatted = C6 sequence Bold italics = T7 tag sequence DNA sequence of cleaved TCT AGCGGTAGCGGAGGTAGCGGACAGGTGCAGCTGGTGCAGTCTGGGGCAGA GGTGAAAAAGCCCGGGGAGTCTCTGAAGATCTCCTGTAAGGGTTCTGGATA CAGCTTTACCAGCTACTGGATCGCCTGGGTGCGCCAGATGCCCGGGAAAG GCCTGGAGTACATGGGGCTCATCTATCCTGGTGACTCTGACACCAAATACA GCCCGTCCTTCCAAGGCCAGGTCACCATCTCAGTCGACAAGTCCGTCAGCA CTGCCTACTTGCAATGGAGCAGTCTGAAGCCCTCGGACAGCGCCGTGTATT TTTGTGCGAGACATGACGTGGGATATTGCAGTAGTTCCAACTGCGCAGCGT GGCCTGAATACTTCCAGCATTGGGGCCCAGGGCACCCTGGTCACCGTCTCCT CAGGTGGAGGCGGTTCAGGCGGAGGTGGCTCTGGCGGTGGCGGATCGCA GTCTGTGTTGACGCAGCCGCCCTCAGTGTCTGCGGCCCCAGGACAGAAGG TCACCATCTCCTGCTCTGGAAGCAGCTCCAACATTGGGAATAATTATGTATC CTGGTACCAGCAGCTCCCAGGAACAGCCCCCAAACTCCTCATCTATGGTCA CACCAATCGGCCCGCAGGGGTCCCTGACCGATTCTCTGGCTCCAAGTCTGG CACCTCAGCCTCCCTGGCCATCAGTGGGTTCCGGTCCGAGGATGAGGCTGA TTATTACTGTGCAGCATGGGATGACAGCCTGAGTGGTTGGGTGTTCGGCGG AGGGACCAAGCTGACCGTCCTAATGGCTAGCATGACTGGTGGACAGCAAA TGGGT [SEQ ID NO:1] Amino Acid sequence of cleaved TCT SGSGGSGQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESLKISCKGSGYSFTS YWIAWVRQMPGKGLEYMGLIYPGDSDTKYSPSFQGQVT ISVDKSVSTAYLQWSSLKPSDSAVYFCARHDVGYCSSS NCAAWPEYFQHWGQGTLVTVSSGGGGSGGGGGGGG SQSVLTQPPSVSAAPGQKVTISCSGSSSNIGNNYVSWY QQLPGTAPKLLIYGHTNRPAGVPDRFSGSKSGTSASLAI S G F R S E D E A D Y Y C A A W D D S L S G W V F G G G T K L T V L M A S MTGGQQMG[SEQID NO: 2] Number of Amino acids: 272 Molecular weight: 28,160 Da Theoretical PI: 7.54 Extinction coefficient: 65 235 Bacterial expression in 15L bioreactor of the anti-HER2 cytoplasmic-expression scFv clone, scFv (TCT) TCT was produced in SHUFFLE® T7 Competent E. coli (NEB). Four to five single colonies of transformed cells grown overnight on selective agar plate were first inoculated in 5 ml of selective 2TY medium+ 1% glucose. 1µl from the culture that was observed to be growing faster was transferred to fresh selective 5ml cultures of 2YT+ 1% glucose and allowed to grow at 30°C for about 10 hours. These steps were taken to ensure that the cell growth does enter the lag phase for too long and hence ensure the plasmid stability within growing cells. The next day, a selective O.5 L + 1% glucose preculture was inoculated with one of two 5ml cultures. Medium used, Supercharged Terrific Broth [12 g / l tryptone, 24 g / l yeast extract, 9 g / l Na2HPO4, 2.2 g / l KH2PO4, 2.6 g / l NH4Cl, 0.7 g / l Na2SO41 g / l NaCl, 5 g / l glycerol]. Adjust pH to 7.4, autoclave and add 2mM MgSO4 After 3.5 hrs, the preculture (OD600 0.8-1.2) was transferred to a 15 L Fermenter (Applikon P1000) containing 14.5 L of selective (carbenicillin 100ug / L) Supercharged Terrific Broth + 0.5% glucose and 0.05ml / L antifoam PPG 2025. The stirrer blade speed was adjusted to between 200-500 RPM to ensure adequate dissolving of oxygen in the medium. Typically 200 RPM initially and 400-500 post- induction. The initial temperature was either 37°C or 30°C depending on the doubling time of the culture (typical culture doubling times (Td) 35-55 minutes). When the culture <semantics>OD600∼1.0<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">OD_{600} \sim 1.0< / annotation>< / semantics> the culture temperature control was adjusted to 26°C and allowed about 30 minutes to stabilise. Induction was carried out typically 3.5-5 hours after inoculation with 15ml of 50mM IPTG. Final IPTG culture concentration 50uM. It is very important that the cells are well adjusted to 26°C before induction with a low concentration of IPTG otherwise the amount of soluble protein produced decreases significantly. The fermenter was coupled with an automatic antifoam dispenser which is triggered when foam builds up. The culture was allowed to grow for about 16 hours and harvested using Beckman JLA8.1000 for 15' @ 5KRPM. The final <semantics>OD600=35.7<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">OD_{600} = 35.7< / annotation>< / semantics>. 3) Protein purification Cells were resuspended in Lysis buffer (40mM Tris-HCl pH 8, 750mM NaCl, 2mM Imidazole) and frozen in liquid nitrogen. On lysis day, the frozen cells were thoroughly thawed and the lysis buffer was adjusted to have a final concentration of 2M Urea. Urea and a high concentration of NaCl were employed to ensure better IMAC purification. The 2M Urea-treated scFv was probed with 1D NMR to ensure that the structure of scFv (TCT) was not affected. Complete EDTA free tablets (Roche Diagnostics, 1 / 100 ml lysis solution) and Benzonase (Novagen >99 purity, 5ul / 100 ml lysis solution) were added. Lysis was performed with a Constant Cell Disruption Systems (model TS5) coupled to a chiller keeping the cell disruption chamber at 4°C. Cell disruption was achieved three times over at a pressure of 27 kpsi. Total volume of the lysate amounted at 2L. The Lysate was initially spun using an Eppendorf centrifuge 5810 R at 4000 rpm for 40 minutes to remove the bulk of cell debris and then twice using a Sorvall RC 6+, rotor F21-8x50 at 17 000 rpm for 40 minutes. The clarified supernatant was then filtered through 0.22 um PES filter (Corning) under vacuum. IMAC was then performed using the HisPur Ni-NTA resin from Thermo scientific under gravity flow in columns. The column was equilibrated with lysis buffer containing 2M urea. The clarified supernatant was passed through the column twice, followed by 10 bed volumes wash with the lysis buffer. The resin was then further washed with 10 bed volumes of Wash buffer 1 (40mM Tris-HCl pH 8, 750mM NaCl, 2M Urea, 10mM Imidazole) and then Wash buffer 2 (40mM Tris-HCl pH 8, 750mM NaCl, 2M Urea, 30mM Imidazole) until there was no significant absorbance at OD 280nm. The protein was then eluted ((40mM Tris-HCl pH 8, 750mM NaCl, 250mM Imidazole) until there was no reading at OD 280nm. The eluate was then dialysed extensively in TEV cleavage buffer (50mM tris-HCl pH8, 150 mM NaCl). The protein solution was then adjusted to a concentration of about 2mg / ml and reduced glutathione was added to a final concentration of 3mM. In-house produced TEV protease, fused with a polyhistidine tag was added at 0.15 mg / 100mg of fusionscFv (TCT)(fTCT) and allowed the cleavage to proceed for 14 - 18 hours on a rolling incubator at 4°C. The cleaved protein solution was allow to pass 3 times through Ni-NTA resin. The cleaved scFv (TCT) flowed through while the thioredoxin fusion tag, TEV protease and other proteins remain bound to the resin. A summary SDS-PAGE of the purification is shown in Figure 2 TCT scFv was dialysed into Storage buffer (20mM Sodium Acetate pH5, 150 mM NaCl) and then SEC was carried out to eliminate high molecular weight contaminants andscFv (TCT) soluble aggregates (Figure 3). This buffer was selected over other buffers that do not contain amino groups becausescFv (TCT) was shown to be stable in it after being subjected to multiple freeze-thaw cycles. An antibody fragment that does not possess sufficient well-spaced lysine residues and demonstrates poor conjugation properties (typical DARs<5) can be modified by directed mutagenesis to bear a configuration similar to thescFv (TCT). Using general and accepted antibody and protein structural concepts from the literature [Alzari PM et al Annual Rev. Immunol. 1988. 6:555-80; Davies DR & Metzger H. Annual Rev Immuno. 1983. 1:87-117; Mariuzza RA et al. Annual Review Biophys. & Biophysical Chem, 1987, 16:139-59] in combination with 3-dimensional molecular modelling software (e.g. PyMOL, Schrodinger KK, Japan) and alignment tools such as Clustal, positions within the protein primary sequence can be identified that can be mutated to lysine residues, where lysine residues are known to be well-tolerated at that position (using databases such as IMGT or Kabat) or are known (from a solved 3D structure) or predicted (using software such as Phyre) to be at the protein surface (Figure 1). The well-conserved structure of the immunoglobulin fold can be applied to antibodies and antibody-like domains. Modified antibody fragments with newly introduced, removed, or replaced lysine residues can be expressed and purified as described in example-27 and tested for thermostability and chemical stability as well as binding function, before accepting the modification as successful. Example 29 - Bioconjugation of ellipticine derivatives onto a single-chain Fv antibody fragment bearing multiple, well-dispersed, surface lysine residues Ellipticine Ellipticine-C6-NHS (compound 21) was conjugated to scFv-TCT in PBS at pH 8.0 in 6% MeCN with varying amounts of DMSO (either 14% or 6%) and two different sets of excess drug equivalents. The NHS was added in 5 equivalent portions for reaction 1 and in 2.7 equivalent portions for reactions 2 and 3. In more detail, Ellipticine-NHS was dissolved in anhydrous DMSO to obtain a clear yellow / orange 50mM stock solution. A scFv (TCT) stock solution in PBS pH 8.0, stored at 4°C, was diluted in degassed PBS pH 8.0 pre-equilibrated with 6% MeCN and either 14% or 6% DMSO. The NHS was added in portions of either 5 or 2.7 equivalents every 75min whilst mixing on a vortex at room temperature. 4hr from completion of addition, the samples were recovered by centrifugation (2.5min, 11krpm). The supernatant was recovered and purified by zeba columns (Pierce) pre-equilibrated 14% or 6% DMSO. The NHS was added in portions of either 5 or 2.7 equivalents every 75min whilst mixing on a vortex at room temperature. 4hr from completion of addition, the samples were recovered by centrifugation (2.5min, 11krpm). The supernatant was recovered and purified by zeba columns (Pierce) pre-equilibrated with the same buffer as the reaction mixture of each sample. The samples were then dialysed over 4000x in 6% MeCN / PBS pH 7.3 overnight at 4°C then 8000x. The samples were recovered and analysed by SDS-PAGE (Figure 4), UV / Vis spectroscopy (Figure 5) and densitometry. Conjugates became insoluble and precipitated out of solution once a certain DAR was obtained. As an example, sample 1 above contained small amounts of protein / conjugate following centrifugation and even less once purification was attempted via zeba columns, indicating that the residual soluble conjugate was very hydrophobic and adhered to the column. There was a significant amount of protein / conjugate in the pellet sample of this reaction, as seen in mainly the fluorescent gel, i.e. recovery of soluble conjugate was low. This is also supported by the UV / Vis data. Precipitation was far less pronounced for samples 2 and 3 which had 16 equivalents of drug compared to the 32 of reaction 1. The pellet samples were less intense and the soluble material more prominent both on Coomassie and fluorescence detection. There is an indication that sample 2 migrated less far on the gel than sample 3 supporting the rationale that increased amount of DMSO can lead to increased solubility of the drug, thereby increasing the efficiency of the reaction and leading to higher DARs. Overall, reaction 2 had less NHS equivalents than 1, leading to lower DARs which appear to be more soluble, but at the same time having the same number of equivalents as 3, thereby supporting the organic solvent argument. DARs were calculated for these reactions using their UV / vis absorption spectra in buffer (Figure 5) and the experimentally obtained extinction coefficient for Ellipticine acid. The ratio obtained spectrophotometrically was corrected using the densitometry data of the fluorescent gel (% conjugated drug vs % unreacted / non- covalently bound drug, Table 4). A drug:antibody ratio of over 5 was obtained under the best reaction conditions despite the poor solubility of the drug. The overall protein recovery was acceptable. Quantification of drug to antibody loading of an scFv-ellipticine conjugate [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Table 4. Final DARs for scFv (TCT)-Ellipticine ADCs. PEG-Ellipticine ScFv-TCT was conjugated to another Ellipticine-NHS derivative with a short PEG chain to increase water solubility (compound 23). The conjugation was carried out in parallel with Ellipticine-NHS as a control, using the best conditions for Ellipticine in order to obtain a DAR 5, which was the maximum obtained in the soluble phase. The reactions were set up as described previously, using 99% pure scFv. ScFv in PBS pH 8.0 was diluted in PBS pH 8.0 pre-equilibrated with DMSO (14%) and MeCN (6%), and then incubated for 5min on a vortex, shaking gently at RT. The crude NHS drugs were dissolved in anhydrous DMSO to a 50mM stock solution and were added in two portions over 15min and incubated for a further 2hrs at RT. The samples were recovered by centrifugation and stored at 4°C before being purified using zeba columns pre-equilibrated with 14% DMSO / 6% MeCN / PBS pH 7.3. The pellets were resuspended in buffer and gel loading buffer and all samples were analysed by SDS-PAGE (Coomassie and fluorescence, Figure 6) and UV / Vis spectroscopy. The pellet of 2 could not be re-dissolved. Comparing Ellipticine with PEG-Ellipticine, it is clear that under the same reaction conditions (1 and 2), the PEG derivative leads to higher recovery of soluble conjugate / protein (compound 73). The bands for 2 are very faint in comparison to 1 both in the Coomassie and the fluorescence detection. Comparing the three reaction conditions where the number of equivalents was investigated to raise the DAR, there was a shift on the gel indicating that perhaps 4 has a higher DAR than 3 and 1. Protein recovery is less for 4Z than the other two indicating that again, the maximum loading has been reached, at which point the higher DAR conjugates precipitate out of solution. Using the UV / Vis in combination with the densitometry data (to calculate % non- covalent binding) DAR values were calculated as follows: (1): 4.1 (2): 2.0 (3): 5.1 and (4): 4.3 (Table 5). This confirmed that the PEG Ellipticine resulted in two-fold higher protein recovery and up to two-fold higher DAR compared to Ellipticine.. Conjugate precipitation seems to have improved. [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Table 5. Final DARs for scFv (TCT)-PEG-Ellipticine ADCs (compound 73) The conjugation to Ellipticine was carried out on a whole IgG as a comparison to the scFv (TCT) under identical conditions. The SDS-PAGE gels indicate at least equivalent conjugation fluorescence (Figure 7 and 8), hence similar DARs. Lysosomally-releasable Ellipticine A cleavable dipeptide Ellipticine-NHS drug (compound 29) was conjugated to scFv (TCT) to obtain conjugates with various DARs. The reaction was controlled to obtain products with low, medium and high DARs. Initially, the hydrolysis rate of the pure isolated cleavable dipeptide Ellipticine-NHS was determined in various buffer conditions. The conditions that gave a reasonable hydrolysis rate, i.e. not too fast so that the NHS would hydrolyse to the acid before it reacted with the lysines and not too slow so that the reaction would take too long to complete. Other factors that were taken into account were the stability of the antibody in the buffer / pH / organic solvent, the stability of the drug and the concentration of the drug in the buffer. The latter is a crucial parameter; the more concentrated the drug is in the solution, the more the hydrolysis rate will decrease. Therefore, the concentration needs to be controlled to allow for an efficient rate of hydrolysis. The conditions identified and carried forward were: • Buffer - bicarbonate buffer with NaCl at pH8.8 with 20% DMSO and 30% glycerol; • Temperature - 25°C; Mixing conditions - Thermomixer 1000rpm; • Antibody at 1mg / ml, Cleavable dipeptide Ellipticine-NHS - 8 equivalent addition portions; and, • NHS-drug addition rate (every 70-90 minutes). Typically, scFv (TCT) was defrosted on the thermomixer at 4°C, then the temperature of the aliquot was slowly raised to 20°C. Any precipitate was spun down before using. A cleavable dipeptide Ellipticine-NHS (compound 29) 100mM stock solution was made up in anhydrous filtered DMSO. Any precipitate was collected by centrifugation. Bicarbonate buffer pH 8.8 was combined with filtered DMSO and glycerol in eppendorf microtubes and the buffer was equilibrated on the thermomixer at 4 °C, then the temperature of the aliquot was raised to 20°C whilst mixing at 1000rpm. The antibody was added and equilibrated further (20 °C, 1000rpm) for 10mins before the addition of the cleavable dipeptide Ellipticine-NHS was started. This was carried out by adding 8 equivalents of the NHS-drug DMSO stock and inverting to mix every 70mins, before replacing on the thermomixer and mixing at 25°C, 1000rpm. The total number of equivalents used depended on the required DAR. The samples were left on the thermomixer for a further 2hrs after the last addition. The samples were then collected by centrifugation (2.5mins, 11krpm). The only visible precipitation was in the sample with the highest number of drug equivalents and that was very low. All samples were initially passed through a Zeba column (Pierce) pre-equilibrated with 10% IPA / PBS before being further purified on the HPLC-SEC with 20% IPA / PBS pH7, 25°C and analysed by SDS-PAGE, HPLC-SEC, UV / Vis spectroscopy and mass spectrometry as described above. The unconjugated and conjugated scFv (TCT) were analysed by HPLC-size exclusion chromatography using a Tosoh TSKGel G2000Wxl column. The ScFv has a retention time correlating to a MW of around 30KDa. The conjugates all eluted earlier, indicating a larger molecular weight (due to varying drug loads), but as primarily monomeric peaks, indicating little or no aggregation. Mass spectrometric analysis was performed by SGS M-Scan. Conjugates, as well as ScFv-TCT (control), were analysed by both MALDI-MS and then further analysed by LC-MS. All samples gave well resolved peaks. Example 30 - Bioconjugation of doxorubicin derivatives onto a single-chain Fv antibody fragment bearing multiple, well-dispersed, surface lysine residues (a) One-step conjugation with doxorubicin-NHS derivative Doxorubicin derivatives (compounds 7, 10, 16) with an NHS reactive group were conjugated to scFv (TCT) to obtain conjugates with various DARs. The reaction was controlled to obtain products with low, medium and high DARs. Initially, the hydrolysis rate of the pure isolated Doxorubicin-NHS derivatives was determined in various buffer conditions. The conditions that gave a reasonable hydrolysis rate, i.e. not too fast so that the NHS would hydrolyse to the acid before it reacted with the lysines and not too slow so that the reaction would take too long to complete. Other factors that were taken into account were the stability of the antibody in the buffer / pH / organic solvent, the stability of the drug and the concentration of the drug in the buffer. The latter is a crucial parameter; the more concentrated the drug is in the solution, the more the hydrolysis rate will decrease. Therefore, the concentration needs to be controlled to allow for an efficient rate of hydrolysis. The conditions identified and carried forward were: • Buffer - bicarbonate buffer with NaCl at pH7.8 with 20% DMSO, 30% glycerol and 1%Tween; • Temperature - 25°C; Mixing conditions - Thermomixer 1000rpm; • Antibody at 1mg / ml; Doxorubicin-NHS derivatives - 2 equivalent addition portions; and, NHS-drug addition rate - every 70-90 minutes. Typically, scFv (TCT) was defrosted on the thermomixer at 4°C, then the temperature of the antibody aliquot was slowly raised to 20°C. The aliquots were spun down to collect any precipitate before using. Doxorubicin-NHS derivatives 100mMstock solution were made up in anhydrous filtered DMSO. Any precipitate was collected by centrifugation. Bicarbonate buffer pH 8.8 was combined with filtered DMSO and glycerol in eppendorf microtubes and the buffer was equilibrated on the thermomixer at 4°C, then the temperature of the aliquot was raised to 20 °C whilst mixing at 1000rpm. The antibody was added and equilibrated further (20 °C, 1000rpm) for 10mins before the addition of the Doxorubicin-NHS derivatives was started. This was carried out by adding 4 equivalents of the NHS-drug DMSO stock and inverting to mix every 70mins, before replacing on the thermomixer and mixing at 25°C, 1000rpm. The total number of equivalents used depended on the required DAR. The samples were left on the thermomixer for a further 2hrs after the last addition. The samples were then collected by centrifugation (2.5mins, 11krpm). The only visible precipitation was in the sample with the highest number of drug equivalents and that was very low. All samples were initially passed through a Zeba column (Pierce) pre-equilibrated with 10% IPA / PBS before being further purified on the HPLC-SEC with 20% IPA / PBS pH7, 25 °C and then analysed by SDS-PAGE, HPLC-SEC, UV / Vis spectroscopy and mass spectrometry as described above. The unconjugated and conjugated scFv (TCT) were analysed by HPLC-size exclusion chromatography using a Tosoh TSKGel G2000Wxl column. The ScFv has a retention time correlating to a MW of around 30KDa. The conjugates all eluted earlier indicating a larger molecular weight (due to varying drug loads), but as primarily monomeric peaks, indicating little or no aggregation. Mass spectrometric analysis was performed by SGS M-Scan. Conjugates, as well as ScFv-TCT (control), were analysed by both MALDI-MS and then further analysed by LC-MS. All samples gave well resolved peaks. The DAR was determined using the extinction coefficient for the doxorubicin drug and antibody (b) Two-step conjugation to a doxorubicin-maleimide derivative To conjugate Doxorubicin maleimide derivatives (compounds 48, 12) onto the antibody, the antibody's native lysines were chemically converted to firstly a protected thiol which was subsequently reduced to obtain the free thiol. The free thiols could then be reacted with maleimide derivatives of Doxorubicin to obtain conjugates containing thioether bonds. The first step of introducing the thiols onto the antibody was optimised. This involved the conjugation of the SPDP linker onto the antibody to form an amide bond between the linking group and the antibody. A lysine-optimised scFv facilitated the production of high SPDP-substituted conjugates for subsequence conjugation of a maleimide-derived drug. Overall, SPDP conjugated well even at lower pH (7 or 8). When reduced with sufficient TCEP (115 molar excess) it gave a SH:scFv ratio of up to 12. The SPDP conjugation was carried out to introduce various ratios of SPDP linker per antibody. The antibodies, both at 1mg / ml, C6.5 and HMFG1 were diluted into degassed PBS pH8 containing 1mM EDTA, 3% DMSO and 6% MeCN. A fresh colourless solution of SPDP was prepared in anhydrous DMSO and the required amount was added to the antibody solution. The samples were incubated on a roller for 3hrs at RT and at 4°C overnight. The samples were collected by centrifugation when minimal precipitation was observed. The excess / unconjugated SPDP linker was removed using Zeba spin columns (ThermoScientific) and buffer exchanging into degassed PBS pH8 with 1mM EDTA. The UV / vis spectra of the samples were recorded. For the reduction of the linker to release the free thiol on the antibody and at the same time the pyridine-2-thione, the following was carried out. TCEP was first dissolved (fresh) in water to make up a 500mM stock solution. The SPDP linked samples were incubated with 115 equivalents of TCEP for 20mins at 37°C. The samples were collected by centrifugation and immediately chilled on ice. The UV / vis spectra of the crude samples were recorded before removing the excess TCEP and pyridine-2-thione using zeba desalting columns using 3% DMSO / 6% MeCN in degassed PBS pH7 with 1mM EDTA as the eluent. At this point, the efficiency of the SPDP conjugation was determined. The quantity of the released pyridine-2-thione in the crude reduced sample was determined using the spectrophotometric data. The λmax for pyridine-2-thione is 343nm and the extinction coefficient 8080M-1cm-1. The extinction coefficient at 280nm is 5100M-1cm-1 was used to correct the absorption at 280nm. The concentration of the thione in the crude reduced solution was calculated using the A343nm and using this concentration corrected the absorption at 280nm to account for the thione absorption. The antibody concentration was calculated and the ratio of the SPDP:Ab was determined. The same process was repeated for the pre-reduction sample and this DAR was subtracted from the reduced sample DAR to obtain the actual SPDP:Ab ratio. After the purification of the reduced sample, the following conjugates were obtained (Table 6) showing that up to 9 linkers could be conjugated to the scFv (TCT): [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Table 6. Ratio of SPDP linker conjugated to a lysine-optimised scFv and a control IgG In another example, the above procedure was carried out similarly using 32 equivalents of SPDP and subsequently reducing the samples with 115 equivalents of TCEP. The antibody recovery in this case was much higher (92%). The reduced, purified and quantified samples were then conjugated to Doxorubicin. Doxorubicin maleimide and doxorubicin-PEG-maleimide were added to the antibody samples (in degassed PBS pH7 / 1mM EDTA / 3% DMSO / 6% MeCN) at 2 equivalents each. The samples were incubated on a roller at RT for 3 hrs followed by 4°C overnight. Samples were recovered by centrifugation and analysed by SDS-PAGE gel (Figure 9) and UV / Vis spectroscopy. The DAR for the Dox conjugates was calculated from the crude samples using UV / Vis spectroscopy and gel densitometry. From the spectroscopic data, the DAR was calculated using the Doxorubicin <semantics>ε<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\varepsilon< / annotation>< / semantics> at 488nm and 280nm and the antibody's <semantics>ε<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\varepsilon< / annotation>< / semantics> at 280nm (Table 7). [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Table 7. Ratio of SPDP linker conjugated to a lysine-optimised scFv and a control IgG, followed by doxorubicine derivative conjugations The DAR was determined using the experimentally-determined molar extinction coefficient for the doxorubicin drugs (Table 7) and antibody and confirmed by mass spectrometry as described above. Binding of high ratio SPDP scFv conjugates C6.5 scFv was conjugated to SPDP as in example 30(b) with 16 equivalent excess reagent followed by reduction with 115 molar equivalents of TCEP to obtain a linker to antibody ratio of 5.4 (SPDP:scFv). This sample, as well as an unmodified control and a non-SPDP modified but reduced controls were used. Ninety-six-well Immunosorb ELISA plates were coated with 10µg / ml HER2-Fc in PBS, followed by the test samples, anti-myc IgG (Sigma) and anti-mouse peroxidase conjugate (Sigma). Extensive PBS washes were in between each layer and detection was with BM-Blue substrate. The plot (Figure 10) shows that, the unmodified antibody with a <semantics>Kd<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">K_d< / annotation>< / semantics> of 25nM showed a slightly reduced affinity for HER2 at 42nM upon reduction but this was regained when the antibody was first conjugated with SPDP to introduce more thiols and then reduced, <semantics>Kd=24.9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">K_d=24.9< / annotation>< / semantics>nM. Example 31 - Bioconjugation of P5 and cemadotin derivatives onto a single- chain Fv antibody fragment bearing multiple, well-dispersed, surface lysine residues (A). ScFv (TCT)-Cemadotin Cemadotin-NHS (compound 2) was conjugated to scFv (TCT) to obtain conjugates (compound 69) with various DARs. The reaction was controlled to obtain products with low, medium, and high DARs. Initially, the hydrolysis rate of the pure, isolated Cemadotin-NHS was determined in various buffer conditions. The conditions that gave a reasonable hydrolysis rate, i.e. not too fast so that the NHS would hydrolyse to the acid before it reacted with the lysines and not too slow so that the reaction would take too long to complete. Other factors that were taken into account were the stability of the antibody in the buffer / pH / organic solvent, the stability of the drug, and the concentration of the drug in the buffer. The latter is a crucial parameter: the more concentrated the drug is in the solution, the more the hydrolysis rate will decrease. Therefore, the concentration needs to be controlled to allow for an efficient rate of hydrolysis. The conditions identified and carried forward were: Buffer - bicarbonate buffer with NaCl at pH 8.8 with 20% DMSO; Temperature: 20°C; Mixing conditions - Thermomixer 1000rpm; Antibody at 1mg / ml; Cemadotin / Cemadotin-C5 and P5C5, all NHS (16 equivalent addition portions); and, NHS-drug addition rate (every 70-90min). Typically, scFv (TCT) was defrosted on the Thermomixer at 4°C, then the temperature of the aliquot was slowly raised to 20°C. Aliquots were spun down to collect any precipitate before using. A Cemadotin-NHS 100mM stock solution was made up in anhydrous filtered DMSO. Any precipitate was collected by centrifugation. Bicarbonate buffer pH 8.8 was combined with filtered DMSO in eppendorf microtubes and the buffer was equilibrated on a Thermomixer (with the temperature raised from 4°C to 20°C, whilst mixing at 1000rpm). The antibody was added and equilibrated further (20 °C, 1000rpm) for 10min before the addition of the Cemadotin-NHS. This was carried out by adding 16 equivalents of the NHS-drug DMSO stock and inverting to mix every 70min, before replacing on the Thermomixer and mixing at 20°C, 1000rpm. The total number of equivalents used depended on the required DAR. The samples were left on the Thermomixer for a further 2hrs after the last addition. The samples were then collected by centrifugation (2.5min, 11krpm). The only visible precipitation was in the sample with the highest number of drug equivalents and was very low. All samples were purified from crude on the HPLC-SEC with 10% IPA / PBS pH 7, 20°C and analysed by SDS-PAGE (Figure 11), HPLC-SEC (Figure 12), amino acid analysis (Table 8A-8C), mass spectrometry (Figures 13A-C, 14A-C, 15A-C, 16A- C,17, 18, 19, 20, Tables 9 and 10) and binding ELISA (Figure 21. In this example, the set up was: Reaction 1 - scFv-TCT-Cemadotin 16 equivalents; Reaction 2 - scFv-TCT-Cemadotin 48 equivalents; and Reaction 3 - scFv-TCT-Cemadotin 112 equivalents. The unconjugated and conjugated scFv (TCT) were analysed by HPLCsize- exclusion chromatography using a Tosoh TSKGel G2000Wxl column. The ScFv has a retention time of 15.5-16 min correlating to a MW of around 30kDa. The three conjugates all eluted slightly and progressively earlier indicating a larger molecular weight (due to varying drug loads), but as single, sharp, monomeric peak, indicating no aggregation (Figure 12A-C). The DAR was accurately determined by Amino Acid Analysis (AAA) at Cambridge University's Protein and Nucleic Acid Chemistry Facility. From the AAA (Table 7A- C), the amount in mol of both the protein and the drug (due to the drug's fingerprint- release of 4-aminomethylbenzoic acid) can be derived and the DAR calculated (No mol drug / No mol protein). The concentration of the protein in the solution can be calculated by first calculating the conjugates molecular weight based on the DAR, and then subsequently converting the concentration obtained from AAA to mg / ml of protein. For example, in sample 1: scFv (TCT) is 28162 (MS), DAR is 3.9, and each Cemadotin molecule adds 667 onto the antibody. Therefore conjugate MW = 28162 + (3.9x667) = 30763. The concentration is 9.02nmol / ml which is equal to 277µg / ml of protein. [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] , · [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] ·· ——————————————————————————————————— [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] . .____ [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Tables 8A-C. Summary of AAA results showing DARs of 3.9, 8.2 and 11 from the three conjugation reactions 1-3 Mass spectrometric analysis was performed by SGS M-Scan. Samples 1-3, as well as ScFv-TCT (control), were analysed by MALDI-MS and then further analysed by LC-MS. All samples gave well resolved peaks and these are summed up below. Electrospray Ionisation, Mass Spectrometry (ESI-MS) Equipment: Analyses were performed using a Waters Xevo Q-TOF (Quadrupole- Time of Flight (Q-TOF)) mass spectrometer coupled with a Dionex Ultimate 3000 MDLC system (SOPs MS900 to MS905 and HPLC012 and HPLC019). Buffer exchange: The samples were buffer exchanged and concentrated, using Millipore Amicon Centrifugal filter units (10 kDa MWCO), into 0.05 % (v / v) Formic acid. Online ESI-MS analysis: aliquots of the TCT-Cemadotin samples were analysed using online HPLC / ES-MS analysis to provide data relating to the intact mass of the constituents as follows: Instrument: Waters Xevo Q-ToF (Quadrupole-Time of Flight) G1 mass spectrometer equipped with a Dionex Ultimate 3000 MDLC system. Column: PLRP-S Column, Temperature: 60°C, Flow rate: 0.2 mL / minute, UV detection: 214 nm and 280 nm, Solvent A: 0.05% (v / v) Formic acid, Solvent B: 90% (aq) Acetonitrile containing 0.05% (v / v) Formic acid. Gradient: [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] The mass spectrometer was calibrated externally using Glu-Fibrinopeptide B, which was also utilised as a lockspray internal calibrant. The mass spectrometer was scanned from m / z 200 to 4000. ESI-MS of TCT-Cemadotin 2 samples Aliquots of TCT-Cemadotin 2 samples were analysed using online HPLC / ES-MS analysis to provide data relating to the intact mass of the constituents. The Total Ion Current (TIC) chromatograms, spectra and transformed data samples TCT- Cemadotin 2 are shown below (Figure 13A-C). A major peak was observed in the TIC of the TCT-Cemadotin 2 sample eluting at 35.9 min. The zero-charge deconvoluted mass spectrum for this peak produced a series of major peaks at m / z 32,164, 32,831 and 33,498, which was consistent with the supplied theoretical mass of the scFv (TCT) molecule, together with 6-8 additions of the Cemadotin molecule. This correlated well with the AAA determination of the DAR of 8.21 ESI-MS of samples 1, 3 and TCT Aliquots of samples TCT-Cemadotin 1, TCT-Cemadotin 3 and scFv (TCT) control were analysed using on-line HPLC / ES-MS analysis to provide data relating to the intact mass of the constituents. The Total Ion Current (TIC) chromatograms, spectra and transformed data samples are shown below (Figures 14 & 15). A major peak was observed in the TIC of the scFv (TCT) control sample eluting at 33.2 min. The zero-charge deconvoluted mass spectrum for this peak produces a single major component at m / z 28162 which was consistent with the theoretical mass of the scFv (TCT) molecule (Figure 16A-C). A major peak was observed in the TIC of the TCT-Cemadotin 1 eluting at 33.5 min. The zero-charge deconvoluted mass spectrum for this peak produces a series of major peaks at m / z 29495, 30162 and 30829, which was consistent with the supplied theoretical mass of the scFv (TCT) molecule, together with 2-4 additions of the Cemadotin molecule (Figure 14A-C; Table 9). A major peak was observed in the TIC of the TCT-Cemadotin 3 sample eluting at 37.1 min. The zero-charge deconvoluted mass spectrum for this peak produces a series of major peaks at m / z 33496, 34163 and 34830, which was consistent with the supplied theoretical mass of the scFv (TCT) molecule, together with 8-10 additions of the Cemadotin molecule (Figure 15A-C; Table 9). [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] MALDI-Mass Spectrometry Equipment: Analyses were performed using the following equipment: Shimadzu Scientific Instruments AXIMA Performance MALDI TOF-TOF mass spectrometer. Linear MALDI MS Analysis: a sample of myoglobin was used to calibrate the instrument externally in both positive and negative ion high mass linear mode. Samples of TCT-Cemadotin conjugate 3, TCT-Cemadotin conjugate 1, TCT- Cemadotin conjugate 2, TCT-Control were diluted 1:1 (v / v) in 50% (aq.) acetonitrile and spotted in 1µl aliquots onto a steel 384 spot non-coated MALDI plate. Replicate spots were made for each MALDI matrix: Norharmane, 2'.4'.6'- Trihydroxyacetophenone monohydrate (THAP), Norharmane:THAP (4:1, v / v), and sinapinic acid matrix solutions. Spots were also made using undiluted samples, for sinapinic acid. Each spot was overlaid with 1µL aliquots of corresponding MALDI matrix, and allowed to co-crystallise and dry under a gentle stream of air. Sinapinic acid was prepared as a saturated solution in 1:1 (v / v) 0.1% aq. Trifluoroacetic acid (TFA):acetonitrile. Norharmane was prepared as a 10mg / mL solution in 1:1 (v / v) 0.1% aq. Trifluoroacetic acid (TFA):acetonitrile. 2',4',6'-Trihydroxyacetophenone monohydrate (THAP) was prepared as a saturated solution in 1:1 (v / v) 0.1% aq. Trifluoroacetic acid (TFA):acetonitrile. Spots containing Norharmane, 2',4',6'-Trihydroxyacetophenone monohydrate (THAP) and Norharmane:THAP (4:1, v / v) were analysed in high-mass linear mode negative ion; and spots containing sinapinic acid were analysed in high-mass linear mode positive ion. Mass spectra were collected over an appropriate mass range and the laser power was varied to achieve optimal results. MALDI-MS of scFv (TCT) (control sample) in sinapinic acid The MALDI-MS data obtained from the linear mode positive ion analysis of undiluted scFv (TCT). Control in sinapinic acid matrix is shown in Figure 17. A significant peak was observed at m / z 28251, which was consistent with the expected mass of scFv (TCT) (28160 Da), within the error associated with the instrument. MALDI-MS of TCT-cemadotin conjugate 1 in sinapinic acid The MALDI-MS data obtained from the linear mode positive ion analysis of TCT- Cemadotin conjugate 1 in sinapinic acid matrix is shown in Figure 18. Resolved peaks were observed at m / z 29559, 30223, 30884 and 31531, in reasonable accordance with the supplied scFv (TCT) control bearing additional conjugated masses of approximately 2, 3, 4 and 5 Cemadotin molecules respectively (using the supplied incremental mass of 667 Da) Table 10. MALDI-MS of TCT-cemadotin conjugate 2 in sinapinic acid The MALDI-MS data obtained from the linear mode positive ion analysis of TCT- cemadotin conjugate 2 in sinapinic acid matrix is shown in Figure 19. Resolved peaks were observed at m / z 32293, 32948 and 33588, in reasonable accordance with the supplied scFv (TCT) control bearing additional conjugated masses of approximately 6, 7 and 8 Cemadotin molecules respectively (using the supplied incremental mass of 667 Da) Table 10. MALDI-MS of TCT-cemadotin conjugate 3 in sinapinic acid The MALDI-MS data obtained from the linear mode positive ion analysis of TCT- Cemadotin conjugate 3 in sinapinic acid matrix is shown in Figure 20. Resolved peaks were observed at m / z 33809, 34415 and 35057, in reasonable accordance with the supplied scFv (TCT) control bearing additional conjugated masses of approximately 8, 9 and 10 Cemadotin molecules respectively (using the supplied incremental mass of 667 Da) Table 10. [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Table 10. Summary of the MALDI analyses of the ScFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADCs Binding ELISA of scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin conjugates ScFv (TCT)-Cemadotin ADCs (compound 69) were made and characterised as described above. Their binding affinity against immobilised HER2 target antigen was determined by ELISA compared to the unmodified scFv (Figure 21). All proteins were detected using the C-terminal T7 Tag which was not expected to be chemically modified (no lysines present). 96-well Immunosorb ELISA plates were coated with 10µg / ml HER2-Fc in PBS, followed by the test samples, anti-T7 peroxidase conjugate. Extensive PBS washes were in between each layer and detection was with BM-Blue substrate. The plot (Figure 21) shows that the ADC with 3.9 drugs (average DAR) loaded, substantially retained its binding affinity (<semantics>Kd<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">K_d< / annotation>< / semantics> declines slightly from 2.5nM to 3.3nM, the ADC with 8.2 drugs loaded, substantially retained its binding affinity (<semantics>Kd<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">K_d< / annotation>< / semantics> declines slightly from 2.5nM to 15.5nM). If the conjugation reaction is pushed further, conjugating to all but one of the surface lysine residues (11 / 12), the scFv binding is reduced but not lost (<semantics>Kd<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">K_d< / annotation>< / semantics>=27.5nM). This shows that the optimised scFv can carry a high drug load whilst retaining binding function. Overall TCT-Cemadotin conclusions, biophysical data The conjugation conditions were optimised as detailed above. This optimisation allowed for controlled conjugation reactions with a very high yield of low, medium and high DAR conjugates. There was no precipitation of antibody / conjugate observed in any of the conjugates, therefore recovery was very high. Following SEC HPLC purification, the resulting conjugates were concentrated to ~500µg / ml and were stable in the buffer for several weeks. Prior to using them for in vitro or in vivo testing, these conjugates were buffer exchanged into PBS and sterile filtered. Again, recovery was very high. The products were analysed extensively by reducing SDS-PAGE, SEC-HPLC, AAA, MS and ELISA. The techniques used for analysis are in agreement and support the argument that an optimised scFv structure, exemplified by TCT, can be loaded with multiple drugs using lysine residues on the antibody and the conjugation can be controlled to obtain monomeric conjugates (as shown by SEC-HPLC) with the desired DAR whilst retaining binding affinity. Purified conjugates with low DAR (sample 1) run closer to the control scFv (TCT) on the gel and were less polydispersed than the medium DAR (sample 2) which run slightly higher and was more polydispersed, whereas for the high DAR (sample 3) there was a clear migration shift on the gel where the sample was clearly bigger in size than the control, unmodified TCT. These observations were further supported by the HPLC where the samples had progressively shorter retention times than TCT, eluting faster from the SEC column due to their increasing size. Amino acid analysis was an extremely useful tool for further quantitative analysis and complemented the MS data. The mass spectrometry identified both high and low DAR within the same sample whereas AAA gave an average. For sample 1, DAR was 3.9 by AAA and 3.4 and 3 by MS (ES and MALDI) For sample 2, DAR was 8.2 by AAA and 7 and 7 by MS (ES and MALDI) For sample 3, DAR was 10.9 by AAA and 9.2 and 9 by MS (ES and MALDI) (B) ScFv (TCT)-P5C5 ScFv-TCT was conjugated to P5C5-NHS (compound 6) using the same method employed for Cemadotin-NHS. The HPLC purified P5C5-NHS was dissolved in filtered anhydrous DMSO to make up a 100mM stock solution and spun down. This was stored at -20°C when not in use. In this example, the set up was: Reaction 1 - scFv-TCT-P5C5 30 equivalents Reaction 2 - scFv-TCT-P5C5 112 equivalents The antibody was defrosted at 4°C and the temperature of the antibody was slowly raised to 20°C on the Thermomixer. Any precipitate was collected by centrifugation. Bicarbonate buffer pH 8.8, was combined with anhydrous, filtered DMSO in a 1 or 5ml eppendorf and equilibrated on the Thermomixer 20°C, 10min, 1000rpm before adding the antibody and equilibrating for a further 10mins. P5C5-NHS was added in portions of 16 equivalents for reaction 2 and 10 equivalents for reaction 1 by adding the solution, inverting to mix, and replacing on the Thermomixer. Additions were carried out every 90min, after which point the samples were left overnight at 4°C at 1000 rpm on the Thermomixer. Samples were recovered by centrifugation (2.5min, 10krpm) to obtain clear solutions. Minimal precipitation was observed for sample 2. The samples were purified from crude on the HPLC by SEC using the Tosoh TSKGel G2000, elutingwith 10% IPA / PBS pH 7.3 20 °C (same method as previously, loading ~300µg per injection run) and analysed by SDS-PAGE (Figure 22), HPLC-SEC (Figure 23) and AAA (Table 11). Samples were collected, combined and concentrated on a vivaspin 20, 10k MWCO (VS2002, 10 °C, 4000rpm). Samples were allowed to settle for 1hr before transferring to an eppendorf microtubes, rinsing the concentrator with 200ul of PBS. Samples were buffer exchanged into PBS pH 7.3 using a Zeba column and re-quantified using a Nanodrop spectrometer. The readings were: [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] The ADCs (compound 71) eluted with a faster retention time than the unmodified antibody indicating a higher molecular weight, but as soluble monomeric conjugates with no visible aggregation. (C) scFv (TCT)-P5C5, scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin-C5, Trastuzumab-P5C5 and Trastuzumab-Cemadotin-C5 The following reactions were carried out following the same process as previously described for Cemadotin (4) and P5C5 (6) drugs. In short, the antibodies were equilibrated in buffer / DMSO through incubation at 20°C / 1000rpm, and the drug was added in 16 equivalent portions every 90min. Samples were recovered by centrifugation and purified by SEC-HPLC (G2000SWxl for scFv (TCT) and G3000SWxl for Trastuzumab) (10% IPA / PBS isocratic). Purified fractions were then concentrated using vivaspin 20 spin concentrators 5-fold and buffer exchanged into PBS using zeba spin columns (Pierce). Samples were analysed by SDS-PAGE (Figure 24), HPLC-SEC (Figures 25-27), and UV / Vis spectroscopy (Figures 28 & 29). After synthesis of these conjugates, it was clear that the three P5 based derivatives behave very similarly to the cemadotin-NHS derivatives (70), leading to very soluble, monomeric, highly loaded conjugates (compound 71). These have not been quantified for DAR but when compared to previous samples (that were quantified by AAA and MS) on SDS-PAGE, and compared to the scFv (TCT) control, it is clear that low, medium and high DARs can be formed with scFv (TCT) and Cemadotin, P5C5 and Cemadotin-C5. Trastuzumab lgG was also conjugated to P5C5 and Cemadotin-C5 with shifts observed on the gel (albeit smaller than TCT). These observations were supported by the HPLC-SEC traces where the samples gave silimar retention times for low, medium and high DAR conjugates with cemadotin, P5C5 and cemadotin-C5. (D) Binding affinity of scFv (TCT)-P5C5 ADCs ScFv (TCT)-P5C5 ADCs were made and characterised as described in examples above. The DAR was determined by AAA as before (Table 11A & B), this time following the release of the di-proline fragment to identify and quantify the P5- based drug. Their binding affinity against immobilised HER2 target antigen was determined by ELISA compared to the unmodified scFv. All proteins were detected using the C-terminal T7 Tag which was not expected to be chemically modified (no lysines present). 96-well Immunosorb ELISA plates were coated with 10µg / ml HER2-Fc in PBS, followed by the test samples, anti-T7-peroxidase conjugate. Extensive PBS / tween-20 and PBS washes were in between each layer and detection was with BM-Blue substrate. The plot (Figure 30) shows that, the ADC (scFv TCT-P5C5(1)) with 8 drugs loaded, substantially retained its binding affinity (Kd declines slightly from 7nM to 13nM). If the conjugation reaction is pushed to the full limit (scFv TCT-P5C5(2)), practically conjugating to all the surface lysine residues (12), the scFv binding is significantly lost due to a critical lysine residue buried in the binding site becoming drug modified. The DARs were verified by AAA (Tables 11A and 11B). This shows that the optimised scFv can carry a high drug load whilst retaining binding function. • [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] . [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] . Table 11A & B. DAR by AAA of scFv (TCT)-P5C5 (compound 71) used in example 31D. (E) Cell killing potency of scFv (TCT)-P5C5 ADCs compared to IgG-based ADCs ScFv (TCT)-P5C5 and Trastuzumab-P5C5 ADCs were made and characterised as described above (examples 31B & 31C), which had similar DARs as before. SKBr3, human breast cancer cell line, high HER2 expression levels, up to 1,000,000 receptors per cell [Lazar GA, et al Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2006, 103:4005-10] were grown in DMEM, at 37°C, 5% CO2 in a humidified atmosphere. When confluency was 70-80%, cells were washed with PBS (2 x 10ml) and incubated with trypsin for 5-7min. Complete media was added and the cells were resuspended by pipetting. The cells were recovered by centrifugation (2min, 2000) rpm), the supernatant was discarded, and the cells were resuspended in complete DMEM (5 ml). The cells were then counted using a haemocytometer and diluted accordingly. They were plated at 4500 cells / well (200µl) using attachment factor and incubated overnight at 37°C, 5% CO2 in a humidified atmosphere. U87 is a non-HER2 expressing glioblastoma cell line and was grown in a similar way, plated at 1000 cells / well. The cells were exposed to the various ADCs diluted in complete media for 96 hours at 37°C, 5% CO2 in a humidified atmosphere. Cell viability was measured using the Promega Aqueous Cell-titre-96TM aqueous one solution cell proliferation kit according to manufacturer's instructions. Briefly, the media was removed and 100µl of complete phenol red free media, pre-combined with MTS reagent, was added to the cells (20µl of reagent per 100µl of media). The plates were read on an ELISA plate reader at 490 nm after a 2hr incubation in the dark (5% CO2, 37°C). The data (absorption units) were converted to % cell survival by using the untreated controls as the 100% cell survival and the Triton X-100 controls as the 100% cell death. The average absorption value for the latter was subtracted from all the rest of the data in order to get a suitable baseline. The averages were converted to survival and standard error values were obtained for each n value (as a % cell survival). The data were plotted and fitted to a dose-response sigmoidal logistic 3- parameter curve using the equation <semantics>y=y0+a / (1+(x / x0)b)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">y = y_0 + a / (1+(x / x_0)b)< / annotation>< / semantics> where, <semantics>x0=IC50<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">x_0 = IC50< / annotation>< / semantics> and <semantics>x0>0<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">x_0 > 0< / annotation>< / semantics> and a = 100 using SigmaPlot 11.0. Experiments were repeated at least 3 times for each compound tested and a set or an average of the data was plotted and fitted to obtain a dose response curve. The data (Figures 31-33, Table 12) shows that the scFv (TCT)-ADCs are specifically cytotoxic to HER2 expressing cells with mid-nM potencies. The free drug and has low potency on its own due to poor cell permeability. The higher DAR ADCs are more potent, up to the point where binding activity is lost. [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Example 32 - Bioconjugation of other payloads (camptothecin, paclitaxel, MMAE, Maytansine) derivatives onto a single-chain Fv antibody fragment bearing multiple, well-dispersed, surface lysine residues Camptothecin A water-soluble derivative of camptothecin-NHS ester (compound 19) was conjugated toscFv (TCT) to obtain conjugates with various DARs. The reaction was controlled to obtain products with low, medium and high DARs. Initially, the hydrolysis rate of the pure isolated camptothecin-NHS was determined in various buffer conditions. The conditions that gave a reasonable hydrolysis rate, i.e. not too fast so that the NHS would hydrolyse to the acid before it reacted with the lysines and not too slow so that the reaction would take too long to complete. Other factors that were taken into account were the stability of the antibody in the buffer / pH / organic solvent, the stability of the drug and the concentration of the drug in the buffer. The latter is a crucial parameter; the more concentrated the drug is in the solution, the more the hydrolysis rate will decrease. Therefore, the concentration needs to be controlled to allow for an efficient rate of hydrolysis. The conditions identified and carried forward were: • Buffer - bicarbonate buffer with NaCl at pH8.8 with 20% DMSO and 30% glycerol; Temperature - 25°C) Mixing conditions - Thermomixer 1000rpm; Antibody at 1mg / ml; Camptothecin-NHS - 8 equivalent addition portions; and, NHS-drug addition rate - every 70-90 minutes. Typically, scFv (TCT) was defrosted on the thermomixer at 4°C, then the temperature of the antibody aliquot was slowly raised to 20°C. Aliquots were spun down to collect any precipitate before using. A camptothecin-NHS (compound 19) 100mM stock solution was made up in anhydrous filtered DMSO. Any precipitate was collected by centrifugation. Bicarbonate buffer pH 8.8 was combined with filtered DMSO and glycerol in eppendorf microtubes and the buffer was equilibrated on the thermomixer at 4 °C, and then the temperature was raised to 20 °C whilst mixing at 1000rpm. The antibody was added and equilibrated further (20 °C, 1000rpm) for 10mins before the addition of the camptothecin-NHS was started. This was carried out by adding 8 equivalents of the NHS-drug DMSO stock and inverting to mix every 70min, before replacing on the thermomixer and mixing at 25°C, 1000rpm. The total number of equivalents used depended on the required DAR. The samples were left on the thermomixer for a further 2hrs after the last addition. The samples were then collected by centrifugation (2.5mins, 11krpm). The only visible precipitation was in the sample with the highest number of drug equivalents and was very low. All samples were initially passed through a Zeba column (Pierce) pre-equilibrated with 10% IPA / PBS before being further purified on the HPLC-SEC with 20% IPA / PBS pH7, 25 °C, and analysed by SDS-PAGE, HPLC-SEC, UV / Vis spectroscopy and mass spectrometry as described above. The unconjugated and conjugated scFv (TCT) were analysed by HPLC size- exclusion chromatography using a Tosoh TSKGel G2000Wxl column. The ScFv has a retention time correlating to a MW of around 30KDa. The conjugates all eluted earlier indicating a larger molecular weight (due to varying drug loads), but as primarily monomeric peaks, indicating little or no aggregation. Mass spectrometric analysis was performed by SGS M-Scan. Conjugates, as well as ScFv-TCT (control), were analysed by both MALDI-MS, and then further analysed by LC-MS. All samples gave well resolved peaks. Paclitaxel A water-soluble derivative of paclitaxel-NHS ester (compound 44) was conjugated to scFv (TCT) to obtain conjugates with various DARs. The reaction was controlled to obtain products with low, medium and high DARs. Initially, the hydrolysis rate of the pure isolated paclitaxel-NHS was determined in various buffer conditions. The conditions that gave a reasonable hydrolysis rate, i.e. not too fast so that the NHS would hydrolyse to the acid before it reacted with the lysines and not too slow so that the reaction would take too long to complete. Other factors that were taken into account were the stability of the antibody in the buffer / pH / organic solvent, the stability of the drug and the concentration of the drug in the buffer. The latter is a crucial parameter; the more concentrated the drug is in the solution, the more the hydrolysis rate will decrease. Therefore, the concentration needs to be controlled to allow for an efficient rate of hydrolysis. The conditions identified and carried forward were: Buffer - bicarbonate buffer with NaCl at pH8.8 with 20% DMSO and 30% glycerol; Temperature - 25°C; Mixing conditions - Thermomixer 1000rpm; Antibody at 1mg / ml; Paclitaxel-NHS - 8 equivalent addition portions; and, NHS-drug addition rate - every 70-90 minutes. Typically, scFv (TCT) was defrosted on the thermomixer at 4°C, then the temperature of the antibody aliquot was slowly raised to 20°C. Aliquots were spun down to collect any precipitate before using. A paclitaxel-NHS 100mM stock solution was made up in anhydrous filtered DMSO. Any precipitate was collected by centrifugation. Bicarbonate buffer pH 8.8 was combined with filtered DMSO and glycerol in eppendorf microtubes and the buffer was equilibrated on the thermomixerat 4 °C, and then the temperature was raised to 20 °C whilst mixing at 1000rpm. The antibody was added and equilibrated further (20 °C, 1000rpm) for 10mins before the addition of the paclitaxel-NHS was started. This was carried out by adding 8 equivalents of the NHS-drug DMSO stock and inverting to mix every 70min, before replacing on the thermomixer and mixing at 25°C, 1000rpm. The total number of equivalents used depended on the required DAR. The samples were left on the thermomixer for a further 2hrs after the last addition. The samples were then collected by centrifugation (2.5mins, 11krpm). The only visible precipitation was in the sample with the highest number of drug equivalents and was very low. All samples were initially passed through a Zeba column (Pierce) pre-equilibrated with 10% IPA / PBS before being further purified on the HPLC-SEC with 20% IPA / PBS pH7, 25°C and analysed by SDS-PAGE, HPLC-SEC, UV / Vis spectroscopy and mass spectrometry as described above. The unconjugated and conjugated scFv (TCT) were analysed by HPLC-size exclusion chromatography using a Tosoh TSKGel G2000Wxl column. The ScFv has a retention time correlating to a MW of around 30KDa. The conjugates all eluted earlier indicating a larger molecular weight (due to varying drug loads), but as primarily monomeric peaks, indicating little or no aggregation. Mass spectrometric analysis was performed by SGS M-Scan. Conjugates, as well as ScFv-TCT (control), were analysed by both MALDI-MS and then further analysed by LC-MS. All samples gave well resolved peaks. MMAE A water-soluble derivative of MMAE-NHS ester is conjugated to scFv (TCT) to obtain conjugates with various DARs. The reaction is controlled to obtain products with low, medium and high DARs. Initially, the hydrolysis rate of the pure isolated MMAE-NHS is determined in various buffer conditions. The conditions that gave a reasonable hydrolysis rate, i.e. not too fast so that the NHS would hydrolyse to the acid before it reacted with the lysines and not too slow so that the reaction would take too long to complete. Other factors that were taken into account were the stability of the antibody in the buffer / pH / organic solvent, the stability of the drug and the concentration of the drug in the buffer. The latter is a crucial parameter; the more concentrated the drug is in the solution, the more the hydrolysis rate will decrease. Therefore, the concentration needs to be controlled to allow for an efficient rate of hydrolysis. The conditions identified and carried forward were: Buffer - bicarbonate buffer with NaCl at pH8.8 with 20% DMSO and 30% glycerol; • Temperature - 25°C; • Mixing conditions - Thermomixer 1000rpm; • Antibody at 1mg / ml; • MMAE-NHS - 8 equivalent addition portions; and, NHS-drug addition rate - every 70-90 minutes. Typically, scFv (TCT) is defrosted on the thermomixer at 4°C, then the temperature of the antibody aliquot was slowly raised to 20°C. Aliquots are spun down to collect any precipitate before using. An MMAE-NHS 100mM stock solution is made up in anhydrous filtered DMSO. Any precipitate was collected by centrifugation. Bicarbonate buffer pH 8.8 is combined with filtered DMSO and glycerol in eppendorf microtubes and the buffer is equilibrated on the thermomixer at 4 °C, and then the temperature is raised to 20 °C whilst mixing at 1000rpm). The antibody is added and equilibrated further (20 °C, 1000rpm) for 10mins beforethe addition of the MMAE-NHS is started. This is carried out by adding 8 equivalents of the NHS-drug DMSO stock and inverting to mix every 70min, before replacing on the thermomixer and mixing at 25°C, 1000rpm. The total number of equivalents used depended on the required DAR. The samples are left on the thermomixer for a further 2hrs after the last addition. The samples are then collected by centrifugation (2.5mins, 11krpm). The only visible precipitation is in the sample with the highest number of drug equivalents and that was very low. All samples are initially passed through a Zeba column (Pierce) pre-equilibrated with 10% IPA / PBS before being further purified on the HPLC-SEC with 20% IPA / PBS pH7, 25°C and analysed by SDS-PAGE, HPLC-SEC, UV / Vis spectroscopy and mass spectrometry as described above. The unconjugated and conjugated scFv (TCT) are analysed by HPLC-size exclusion chromatography using a Tosoh TSKGel G2000Wxl column. The ScFv has a retention time correlating to a MW of around 30KDa. The conjugates all elute earlier, indicating a larger molecular weight (due to varying drug loads), but as primarily monomeric peaks, indicating little or no aggregation. Mass spectrometric analysis are performed by SGS M-Scan. Conjugates, as well as ScFv-TCT (control), are analysed by both MALDI-MS and then further analysed by LC-MS. All samples give well resolved peaks. Maytansine (DM4) A water-soluble derivative of MaytansineDM4-NHS ester (compound 68) is conjugated to scFv (TCT) to obtain conjugates with various DARs (compound 74). The reaction is controlled to obtain products with low, medium and high DARs. Initially, the hydrolysis rate of the pure isolated MaytansineDM4-NHS is determined in various buffer conditions. The conditions that gave a reasonable hydrolysis rate, i.e. not too fast so that the NHS would hydrolyse to the acid before it reacted with the lysines and not too slow so that the reaction would take too long to complete. Other factors that were taken into account were the stability of the antibody in the buffer / pH / organic solvent, the stability of the drug and the concentration of the drug in the buffer. The latter is a crucial parameter; the more concentrated the drug is in the solution, the more the hydrolysis rate will decrease. Therefore, the concentration needs to be controlled to allow for an efficient rate of hydrolysis. The conditions identified and carried forward were: Buffer (bicarbonate buffer with NaCl at pH8.8 with 20% DMSO and 30% glycerol), Temperature (25°C), Mixing conditions (Thermomixer 1000rpm), Antibody at 1mg / ml, MaytansineDM4-NHS (8 equivalent addition portions), NHS-drug addition rate (every 70-90 minutes). Typically, scFv (TCT) is defrosted on the thermomixer at 4°C, then slowly raising the temperature of the antibody aliquot to 20°C. Spun down to collect any precipitate before using. A MaytansineDM4-NHS 100mM stock solution is made up in anhydrous filtered DMSO. Any precipitate was collected by centrifugation. Bicarbonate buffer pH 8.8 was combined with filtered DMSO and glycerol into eppendorf microtubes and the buffer is equilibrated on the thermomixer at 4°C, and then the temperature is raised to 20 °C whilst mixing at 1000rpm. The antibody is added and equilibrated further (20 °C, 1000rpm) for 10mins before the addition of the MaytansineDM4-NHS was started. This is carried out by adding 8 equivalents of the NHS-drug DMSO stock and inverting to mix every 70min, before replacing on the thermomixer and mixing at 25°C, 1000rpm. The total number of equivalents used depended on the required DAR. The samples are left on the thermomixer for a further 2hrs after the last addition. The samples are then collected by centrifugation (2.5mins, 11krpm). The only visible precipitation is in the sample with the highest number of drug equivalents and that was very low. All samples are initially passed through a Zeba column (Pierce) pre-equilibrated with 10% IPA / PBS before being further purified on the HPLC-SEC with 20% IPA / PBS pH7, 25°C and analysed by SDS-PAGE, HPLC-SEC, UV / Vis spectroscopy and mass spectrometry as described above. The unconjugated and conjugated scFv (TCT) are analysed by HPLC-size exclusion chromatography using a Tosoh TSKGel G2000Wxl column. The ScFv has a retention time correlating to a MW of around 30KDa. The conjugates all elute earlier, indicating a larger molecular weight (due to varying drug loads), but as primarily monomeric peaks, indicating little or no aggregation. Mass spectrometric analysis are performed by SGS M-Scan. Conjugates, as well as ScFv-TCT (control), are analysed by both MALDI-MS and then further analysed by LC-MS. All samples give well resolved peaks. Maytansine (DM1), 2-step method DM1 drug is conjugated to scFv (TCT) to obtain conjugates with various DARs (compound 75). The reaction was controlled to obtain products with low, medium and high DARs. The procedure is carried out treating the scFv (TCT) with 32 equivalents of SPDP and subsequently reducing the samples with 115 equivalents of TCEP. The reduced, purified and quantified samples are then conjugated to DM1. DM1 was added to the antibody samples (in degassed PBS pH7 / 1mM EDTA / 20% DMSO / 10% propylene glycol) at 2 equivalents each. The samples are incubated on the thermomixer (25°C, 1000rpm) followed by 4°C (1000rpm) overnight. Recovered the samples by centrifugation and analysed by SDS-PAGE gel and UV / Vis spectroscopy. All samples were initially passed through a Zeba column (Pierce) pre-equilibrated with 10% IPA / PBS before being further purified on the HPLC-SEC with 20% IPA / PBS pH7, 25°C and analysed by SDS-PAGE, HPLC-SEC, UV / Vis spectroscopy and mass spectrometry as described above. The unconjugated and conjugated scFv (TCT) are analysed by HPLC-size exclusion chromatography using a Tosoh TSKGel G2000Wxl column. The ScFv has a retention time correlating to a MW of around 30KDa. The conjugates all elute earlier, indicating a larger molecular weight (due to varying drug loads), but as primarily monomeric peaks, indicating little or no aggregation. Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugation, 2-step method A PBD derivative, 6-maleimidocaproyl-SGD-1910 (compound 67) is conjugated to scFv (TCT) to obtain conjugates with various DARs. The reaction is controlled to obtain products with low, medium and high DARs. The procedure is carried out treating the scFv (TCT) with 32 equivalents of SPDP and subsequently reducing the samples with 115 equivalents of TCEP. The reduced, purified and quantified samples are then conjugated to 6-maleimidocaproyl-SGD-1910. 6- maleimidocaproyl-SGD-1910 was added to the antibody samples (in degassed PBS pH7 / 1mM EDTA / 20% DMSO / 20%propylene glycol) at 2 equivalents each. The samples are incubated on the thermomixer for 3hrs (25°C, 1000rpm) followed by 4°C (1000rpm) overnight. Recovered the samples by centrifugation and analysed by SDS-PAGE gel and UV / Vis spectroscopy. All samples were initially passed through a Zeba column (Pierce) pre-equilibrated with 10% IPA / PBS before being further purified on the HPLC-SEC with 20% IPA / PBS pH7, 25°C and analysed by SDS-PAGE, HPLC-SEC, UV / Vis spectroscopy and mass spectrometry as described above. The unconjugated and conjugated scFv (TCT) are analysed by HPLC-size exclusion chromatography using a Tosoh TSKGel G2000Wxl column. The ScFv has a retention time correlating to a MW of around 30KDa. The conjugates all elute earlier, indicating a larger molecular weight (due to varying drug loads), but as primarily monomeric peaks, indicating little or no aggregation. MMAE conjugation, 2-step method An MMAE derivative, 6-maleimidocaproyl-MMAE (compound 37) is conjugated to scFv (TCT) to obtain conjugates with various DARs. The reaction is controlled to obtain products with low, medium and high DARs. The procedure was carried out treating the scFv (TCT) with 32 equivalents of SPDP and subsequently reducing the samples with 115 equivalents of TCEP. The reduced, purified and quantified samples were then conjugated to 6-maleimidocaproyl-MMAE. 6-maleimidocaproyl- MMAE is added to the antibody samples (in degassed PBS pH7 / 1mM EDTA / 20% DMSO) at 2 equivalents each. The samples are incubated on the thermomixer for 3hrs (25°C, 1000rpm) followed by 4°C (1000rpm) overnight. Recovered the samples by centrifugation and analysed by SDS-PAGE gel and UV / Vis spectroscopy. All samples are initially passed through a Zeba column (Pierce) pre-equilibrated with 10% IPA / PBS before being further purified on the HPLC-SEC with 20% IPA / PBS pH7, 25°C and analysed by SDS-PAGE, HPLC-SEC, UV / Vis spectroscopy and mass spectrometry as described above. The unconjugated and conjugated scFv (TCT) are analysed by HPLC-size exclusion chromatography using a Tosoh TSKGel G2000Wxl column. The ScFv has a retention time correlating to a MW of around 30KDa. The conjugates all eluted earlier, indicating a larger molecular weight (due to varying drug loads), but as primarily monomeric peaks, indicating little or no aggregation. Duocarmycin conjugates A water-soluble derivative of seco CBI-β-Glucuronide-NHS ester (compound 65) is conjugated to scFv (TCT) to obtain conjugates with various DARs. The reaction is controlled to obtain products with low, medium and high DARs. Initially, the hydrolysis rate of the pure isolated seco CBI-β-Glucunoride-NHS ester was determined in various buffer conditions. The conditions that gave a reasonable hydrolysis rate, i.e. not too fast so that the NHS would hydrolyse to the acid before it reacted with the lysines and not too slow so that the reaction would take too long to complete. Other factors that were taken into account were the stability of the antibody in the buffer / pH / organic solvent, the stability of the drug and the concentration of the drug in the buffer. The latter is a crucial parameter; the more concentrated the drug is in the solution, the more the hydrolysis rate will decrease. Therefore, the concentration needs to be controlled to allow for an efficient rate of hydrolysis. The conditions identified and carried forward were: Buffer (bicarbonate buffer with NaCl at pH8.8 with 20% DMSO and 30% glycerol), Temperature (25°C), Mixing conditions (Thermomixer 1000rpm), Antibody at 1mg / ml, seco CBI-β-Glucuronide-NHS ester (8 equivalent addition portions), NHS- drug addition rate (every 70-90 minutes). Typically, scFv (TCT) is defrosted on the thermomixer at 4°C, then slowly raising the temperature of the antibody aliquot to 20°C. Spun down to collect any precipitate before using. A seco CBI-β-Glucuronide-NHS ester 100mM stock solution is made up in anhydrous filtered DMSO. Any precipitate was collected by centrifugation. Bicarbonate buffer pH 8.8 was combined with filtered DMSO and glycerol into eppendorf microtubes and the buffer is equilibrated on the thermomixer at 4 °C, and then the temperature was raised to 20 °C whilst mixing at 1000rpm. The antibody is added and equilibrated further (20 °C, 1000rpm) for 10mins before the addition of the seco CBI-β-Glucuronide-NHS ester is started. This is carried out by adding 8 equivalents of the NHS-drug DMSO stock and inverting to mix every 70mins, before replacing on the thermomixer and mixing at 25°C, 1000rpm. The total number of equivalents used depended on the required DAR. The samples are left on the thermomixer for a further 2hrs after the last addition. The samples were then collected by centrifugation (2.5mins, 11krpm). The only visible precipitation was in the sample with the highest number of drug equivalents and was very low. All samples are initially passed through a Zeba column (Pierce) pre-equilibrated with 10% IPA / PBS before being further purified on the HPLC-SEC with 20% IPA / PBS pH7, 25°C and analysed by SDS-PAGE, HPLC-SEC, UV / Vis spectroscopy and mass spectrometry as described above. The unconjugated and conjugated scFv (TCT) are analysed by HPLC-size exclusion chromatography using a Tosoh TSKGel G2000Wxl column. The ScFv has a retention time correlating to a MW of around 30KDa. The conjugates all eluted earlier, indicating a larger molecular weight (due to varying drug loads), but as primarily monomeric peaks, indicating little or no aggregation. Example 33 - Raising anti-cemadotin drug monoclonal antibodies and use in detecting scFv-cemadotin ADCs Keyhole Limpet Haemocyanin (KLH)-Cemadotin conjugate was produced by conjugating Cemadotin-NHS (compound 2) to 1mg / ml KLH at a molar excess and purified by desalting. Four mice were immunized using a standard schedule [Ref: Lane Immunology book] by contract research organisation Generon Ltd. The anti-sera was tested by ELISA on scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin and unconjugated scFv (TCT) and all four responded similarly (Figure 34). Mouse-4 was used to create a panel of hybridomas of which, 11 clones were identified as strong binders. These 11 clones were ranked by ELISA and also tested by Western Blot for ability to bind to scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin conjugates and not the free components. By ELISA, Clone-11 (GA6) appeared to be the best binder, while clone-9 (1E11) also performed strongly. Clones 5, 3, and 6 also showed detectable but weaker activity. Clones-7 and 8 were very weak and clones 1, 2, 4, and 10 appeared to be non-reactive (Figure 35). The conditioned media of the hybridomas was tested for expression levels (Figure 36) and immunoreactivity against scFv-Cemadotin (Figure 37) by Western Blot. Clones 3,9,11 were all good expressers whereas clones 2,4,5,6,7,10 were low / weak expressers. Strong binding was seen in clones 5, 9 and 11, picking up higher MW species not visible by eye. Clones 3 and 6 were next strongest, picking up a possible degradation product and clones 7 & 8 were weaker. Very weak / no binding was observed for clones 1, 2, 4 and 10 Clone-9 (1E11) was selected. The hybridoma was expanded, cultured and pure Mab was prepared by protein A chromatography. Example 34 - Measurement of the pharmacokinetic profile and blood clearance of an scFv-cemadotin conjugate (A) Radioactive assay An scFv, optimised for lysine conjugation was prepared as described in Example 27 or 28 and conjugated (as described in Example 31) to an NHS-derived Cemadotin drug (compound 2). The average DAR was 5 for scFv-TCT-Cem-1 and 4 for scFv-TCT-Cem-2 as determined by SDS-PAGE and IEF gels. This was radiolabelled with Iodine-125 using sodium-125-lodide (MP Biologicals) and lodogen™ tubes (Thermo) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Ten micrograms of radiolabelled scFv or conjugate were injected intravenously into the tail vein of a group of 4 BALB / c female mice (Harlan UK) per time point. At each time point, blood was collected by cardiac puncture under terminal anaesthesia from 4 mice and the spleens were removed by dissection. The radioactivity from the blood and spleen tissues was measured using a gamma counter and compared to the injected dose, correcting for tissue weight. The percentage-injected dose per gram of tissue was plotted over time and pharmacokinetic parameters determined by fitting to a bi-exponential clearance model. For studying in vivo blood clearance pharmacokinetics, data values were fitted using SigmaPlot to equations that conform to the two-compartmental intravenous model of clearance, which takes into account the biexponential clearance phases, distribution phase, and elimination phase, of single intravenous doses. This is described by the exponential decay, double, four-parameter equation <semantics>y=ae−bx+ce−dx<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">y = ae^{-bx} + ce^{-dx}< / annotation>< / semantics>, where the distribution phase clearance rate (<semantics>t1 / 2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">t_{1 / 2}< / annotation>< / semantics> alpha) can be determined by ln <semantics>2 / b<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2 / b< / annotation>< / semantics>, and the elimination clearance rate (<semantics>t1 / 2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">t_{1 / 2}< / annotation>< / semantics> beta) can be determined by ln <semantics>2 / d<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2 / d< / annotation>< / semantics>. The scFv-drug conjugates blood clearance (Figure 38) was similar to that of the unmodified scFv (Table 13). The spleen uptake of the scFv-drug conjugates was not significantly different to that of the unmodified scFv (Figure 39). These data both demonstrate that the conjugation technology described here does not result in any detrimental aggregation. [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Table 13. Pharmacokinetic parameters, blood clearance in mice of cemadotin- based conjugates (compound 69). (B) Direct ADC / scFv detection assay An anti-Cemadotin MAb was raised (Example 33) and used to follow the ADC in mouse blood, to determine the pharmacokinetic properties. Normal BALB / c mice, 6-8 weeks old were maintained in filtered cages until used. A single batch of material (scFv-TCT, scFv (TCT)-Cemadotin, DAR=5 or 8) were prepared as above (Example 31) and 0.1mg was injected into groups of 20 mice that were sacrificed at 4 time points (5 mice analysed per time point). Around 0.5ml of whole blood was removed by cardiac puncture into EDTA-tubes and the serum collected by centrifugation. The serum was diluted appropriately into PBS and analysed by ELISA on HER2 coated micro-titre plates (Example 11D), detecting either by anti- T7 Tag (total antibody) or anti-cemadotin (total ADC). Non-injected reference samples were used to create a calibration curve for a direct read-out of ADC / ScFv blood concentration. The results are shown for total functional scFv (Figure 40) and total functional ADC (Figure 41). A comparative plot is shown in Figure 42. When measured directly, the free scFv demonstrated typical alpha (distribution) and beta (elimination) phases of bi-exponential blood clearance (Table 14; Constantinou A, et al (2009) Bioconjugate Chem 20:924-31), which was a rapid blood clearance due to the small size. The medium DAR ADC (5 drug payloads attached) had a slower blood clearance both in terms of tissue distribution and elimination. This suggested that the slightly larger molecular mass led to slower clearance rather than any aggregation leading to rapid clearance via the reticulo- endothelial system. This effect was even more pronounced with the higher DAR conjugate (8 drug payloads). When the total ADC was measured, a similar pattern was seen with similar pharmacokinetic parameters (Table 14). A comparative plot illustrates this (Figure 42). These data suggest that the scFv-based ADCs, with the high loading, have a retained or even slower blood clearance which is an indication of the low / no aggregation and favourable solubility. The residence in the blood is long enough to allow a therapeutic effect. Also, the similarities between the total scFv and total ADC content suggests that the ADC is stable and not degrading any faster than the scFv component [Lin & Tibbitts. Pharm. Res (2012) 29:2354-66; Kaur et al. Bioanalysis (2013) 5:201-226]. [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Table 14. Summary of pharmacokinetic data Example 35 - Measurement of the pharmacokinetic profile and blood clearance of an scFv-ellipticine conjugate An anti-ellipticine MAb is raised as above (e.g. example 33) and used to follow the ADC in mouse blood, to determine the pharmacokinetic properties. Normal BALB / c mice, 6-8 weeks old were maintained in filtered cages until used. A single batch of material (scFv-TCT, scFv (TCT)-ellipticine, DAR=5 or 8) is prepared as above (compound 21, Example 29) and 0.1mg is injected into groups of 20 mice that are sacrificed at 4 time points (5 mice analysed per time point). Around 0.5ml of whole blood is removed by cardiac puncture into EDTA-tubes and the serum collected by centrifugation. The serum is diluted appropriately into PBS and analysed by ELISA on HER2 coated micro-titre plates (Example 31D), detecting either by anti-T7 Tag (total antibody) or anti-ellipticine (total ADC). Non-injected reference samples were used to create a calibration curve for a direct read-out of ADC / ScFv blood concentration. When measured directly, the free scFv demonstrates typical alpha (distribution) and beta (elimination) phases of bi-exponential blood clearance (Constantinou A, et al (2009) Bioconjugate Chem 20:924-31), which is a rapid blood clearance due to the small size. The medium DAR ADC (5 drug payloads attached) has a slower blood clearance both in terms of tissue distribution and elimination. This suggested that the slightly larger molecular mass led to slower clearance rather than any aggregation leading to rapid clearance via the reticulo-endothelial system. This effect is even more pronounced with the higher DAR conjugate (8 drug payloads). Example 36 - Measurement of the pharmacokinetic profile and blood clearance of an scFv-doxorubicin conjugate An anti-doxorubicin MAb is commercially available and used to follow the ADC in mouse blood, to determine the pharmacokinetic properties. Normal BALB / c mice, 6-8 weeks old were maintained in filtered cages until used. A single batch of material (scFv-TCT, scFv (TCT)-doxorubicin, DAR=5 or 8) is prepared as above (compound 72) and 0.1mg is injected into groups of 20 mice that are sacrificed at 4 time points (5 mice analysed per time point). Around 0.5ml of whole blood is removed by cardiac puncture into EDTA-tubes and the serum collected by centrifugation. The serum is diluted appropriately into PBS and analysed by ELISA on HER2 coated micro-titre plates (Example 31D), detecting either by anti-T7 Tag (total antibody) or anti-doxorubicin (total ADC). Non-injected reference samples were used to create a calibration curve for a direct read-out of ADC / ScFv blood concentration. When measured directly, the free scFv demonstrates typical alpha (distribution) and beta (elimination) phases of bi-exponential blood clearance (Constantinou A, et al (2009) Bioconjugate Chem 20:924-31), which is a rapid blood clearance due to the small size. The medium DAR ADC (5 drug payloads attached) has a slower blood clearance both in terms of tissue distribution and elimination. This suggested that the slightly larger molecular mass led to slower clearance rather than any aggregation leading to rapid clearance via the reticulo-endothelial system. This effect is even more pronounced with the higher DAR conjugate (8 drug payloads). Example 37 - Measurement of the pharmacokinetic profile and blood clearance of an scFv-MMAE conjugate An anti-MMAE MAb is commercially available and used to follow the ADC in mouse blood, to determine the pharmacokinetic properties. Normal BALB / c mice, 6-8 weeks old were maintained in filtered cages until used. A single batch of material (scFv-TCT, scFv (TCT)-MMAE, DAR=5 or 8) is prepared as above (Example 32) and 0.1mg is injected into groups of 20 mice that are sacrificed at 4 time points (5 mice analysed per time point). Around 0.5ml of whole blood is removed by cardiac puncture into EDTA-tubes and the serum collected by centrifugation. The serum is diluted appropriately into PBS and analysed by ELISA on HER2 coated micro-titre plates (Example 31D), detecting either by anti-T7 Tag (total antibody) or anti- MMAE (total ADC). Non-injected reference samples were used to create a calibration curve for a direct read-out of ADC / ScFv blood concentration. When measured directly, the free scFv demonstrates typical alpha (distribution) and beta (elimination) phases of bi-exponential blood clearance (Constantinou A, et al (2009) Bioconjugate Chem 20:924-31), which is a rapid blood clearance due to the small size. The medium DAR ADC (5 drug payloads attached) has a slower blood clearance both in terms of tissue distribution and elimination. This suggested that the slightly larger molecular mass led to slower clearance rather than any aggregation leading to rapid clearance via the reticulo-endothelial system. This effect is even more pronounced with the higher DAR conjugate (8 drug payloads). Example 38 - Measurement of the tumour uptake and tumour to normal tissue ratios of an scFv-cemadotin conjugate An scFv, optimised for lysine conjugation is prepared as described in Example 27 or 28 and is conjugated (as described in Example 31) to an NHS-derived Cemadotin drug (compounds 2, 69). The average DAR is between 6-10. This was radiolabelled with lodine-125 using sodium-125-lodide (MP Biologicals) and lodogen™ tubes (Thermo) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Ten micrograms of radiolabelled scFv or conjugate were injected intravenously into the tail vein of a group of 4 BALB / c nude female mice (Harlan UK) growing subcutaneous tumours of the appropriate target expression (e.g. SKOV3 for HER2 expression) per time point. At each time point, blood is collected by cardiac puncture under terminal anaesthesia from 4 mice and the tumours and normal organs are removed by dissection. The radioactivity from the blood and tissues are measured using a gamma counter and compared to the injected dose, correcting for tissue weight. The percentage-injected dose per gram of tissue is plotted over time. Example 39 - Measurement of the tumour uptake and tumour to normal tissue ratios of an scFv-ellipticine conjugate An scFv, optimised for lysine conjugation is prepared as described in Example 27 or 28 and is conjugated (as described in Example 29) to an NHS-derived ellipticine drug (compounds 23, 73). The average DAR is between 6-10. This was radiolabelled with lodine-125 using sodium-125-lodide (MP Biologicals) and lodogen™ tubes (Thermo) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Ten micrograms of radiolabelled scFv or conjugate were injected intravenously into the tail vein of a group of 4 BALB / c nude female mice (Harlan UK) growing subcutaneous tumours of the appropriate target expression (e.g. SKOV3 for HER2 expression) per time point. At each time point, blood is collected by cardiac puncture under terminal anaesthesia from 4 mice and the tumours and normal organs are removed by dissection. The radioactivity from the blood and tissues are measured using a gamma counter and compared to the injected dose, correcting for tissue weight. The percentage-injected dose per gram of tissue is plotted over time. Example 40 - Measurement of the tumour uptake and tumour to normal tissue ratios of an scFv-doxorubicin conjugate An scFv, optimised for lysine conjugation is prepared as described in Example 27 or 28 and is conjugated (as described in Example 30) to an NHS-derived doxorubicin drug (compounds 7, 72). The average DAR is between 6-8. This was radiolabelled with lodine-125 using sodium-125-lodide (MP Biologicals) and lodogen™ tubes (Thermo) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Ten micrograms of radiolabelled scFv or conjugate were injected intravenously into the tail vein of a group of 4 BALB / c nude female mice (Harlan UK) growing subcutaneous tumours of the appropriate target expression (e.g. SKOV3 for HER2 expression) per time point. At each time point, blood is collected by cardiac puncture under terminal anaesthesia from 4 mice and the tumours and normal organs are removed by dissection. The radioactivity from the blood and tissues are measured using a gamma counter and compared to the injected dose, correcting for tissue weight. The percentage-injected dose per gram of tissue is plotted over time. Example 41 - Measurement of the tumour uptake and tumour to normal tissue ratios of an scFv-MMAE conjugate An scFv, optimised for lysine conjugation is prepared as described in Example 27 or 28 and is conjugated (as described in Example 32) to an NHS-derived MMAE drug. The average DAR is between 6-10. This was radiolabelled with Iodine-125 using sodium-125-lodide (MP Biologicals) and lodogen™ tubes (Thermo) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Ten micrograms of radiolabelled scFv or conjugate were injected intravenously into the tail vein of a group of 4 BALB / c nude female mice (Harlan UK) growing subcutaneous tumours of the appropriate target expression (e.g. SKOV3 for HER2 expression) per time point. At each time point, blood is collected by cardiac puncture under terminal anaesthesia from 4 mice and the tumours and normal organs are removed by dissection. The radioactivity from the blood and tissues are measured using a gamma counter and compared to the injected dose, correcting for tissue weight. The percentage-injected dose per gram of tissue is plotted over time. Example 42 - Tumour regression studies in nude mice bearing SKBr3 tumour xenografts treated with two scFv (TCT)-P5C5 ADC DARs Female nude BALB / c mice, 6-8 weeks old (Harlan UK), were used for in vivo studies. All in vivo research was carried out under a UK Home Office project license PPL 70 / 5833. Human tumor xenografts were set up by injecting mice subcutaneously into the left flank with 0.1mL containing up to 5 million SKBr3 cells in 50% matrigel. Tumour growth was monitored and took 2-3 weeks to reach the required 3-5mm diameter for subsequent testing. When tumours were about 100mm3, 10mg / kg (0.25 mg total dose) was injected IV with a scFv (TCT)-P5C5 conjugate (as prepared in example 31, compound 71) on 5 sequential days (total ADC dose = 1.25mg per animal and the tumour sizes were monitored. The tumour volume is plotted compared to the starting volume (Figure 43) showing about 10 days of regression until the tumour starts to grow again. This is equal to around 1 month tumour growth delay and confirms that the scFv (TCT)-ADCs have therapeutic function in a preclinical animal model. Example 43 - Tumour therapy of an scFv-MMAE conjugate Female nude BALB / c mice, 6-8 weeks old (Harlan UK), are used for in vivo studies. All in vivo research is carried out under a UK Home Office project license. Human tumor xenografts are set up by injecting mice subcutaneously into the left flank with 0.1mL containing up to 5 million SKOV3 cells in 50% matrigel. Tumour growth is monitored and takes 2-3 weeks to reach the required 3-5mm diameter for subsequent testing. When tumours are about 100mm3, 10mg / kg (0.25 mg total dose) is injected IV with a scFv (TCT)-MMAE conjugate (as prepared in example 32) on 5 sequential days (total ADC dose = 1.25mg per animal and the tumour sizes were monitored. The tumour volume is plotted compared to the starting volume. Example 44— Pharmaceutical formulations and administration. A further aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a compound according to the first aspect of the invention in admixture with a pharmaceutically or veterinarily acceptable adjuvant, diluent or carrier. Preferably, the formulation is a unit dosage containing a daily dose or unit, daily sub- dose or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient. The compounds of the invention will normally be administered orally or by any parenteral route, in the form of a pharmaceutical formulation comprising the active ingredient, optionally in the form of a non-toxic organic, or inorganic, acid, or base, addition salt, in a pharmaceutically acceptable dosage form. Depending upon the disorder and patient to be treated, as well as the route of administration, the compositions may be administered at varying doses. In human therapy, the compounds of the invention can be administered alone but will generally be administered in admixture with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient diluent or carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice. For example, the compounds of the invention can be administered orally, buccally or sublingually in the form of tablets, capsules, ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions, which may contain flavouring or colouring agents, for immediate-, delayed- or controlled-release applications. The compounds of the invention may also be administered via intracavernosal injection. Such tablets may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine, disintegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glycollate, croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and granulation binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxy-propylcellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and talc may be included. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in gelating capsules. Preferred excipients in this regard include lactose, starch, a cellulose, milk sugar or high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. For aqueous suspensions and / or elixirs, the compounds of the invention may be combined with various sweetening or flavouring agents, colouring matter or dyes, with emulsifying and / or suspending agents and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and combinations thereof. The compounds of the invention can also be administered parenterally, for example, intravenously, intra-arterially, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intraventricularly, intrasternally, intracranially, intra-muscularly or subcutaneously, or they may be administered by infusion techniques. They are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example, enough salts or glucose to make the solution isotonic with blood. The aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), if necessary. The preparation of suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions is readily accomplished by standard pharmaceutical techniques well- known to those skilled in the art. Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non- aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described. For oral and parenteral administration to human patients, the daily dosage level of the compounds of the invention will usually be from 1mg / kg to 30 mg / kg. Thus, for example, the tablets or capsules of the compound of the invention may contain a dose of active compound for administration singly or two or more at a time, as appropriate. The physician in any event will determine the actual dosage which will be most suitable for any individual patient and it will vary with the age, weight and response of the particular patient. The above dosages are exemplary of the average case. There can, of course, be individual instances where higher or lower dosage ranges are merited and such are within the scope of this invention. The compounds of the invention can also be administered intranasally or by inhalation and are conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray or nebuliser with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoro-ethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134A3 or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane (HFA 227EA3), carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurised aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. The pressurised container, pump, spray or nebuliser may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, e.g. using a mixture of ethanol and the propellant as the solvent, which may additionally contain a lubricant, e.g. sorbitan trioleate. Capsules and cartridges (made, for example, from gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of a compound of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch. Aerosol or dry powder formulations are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff" delivers an appropriate dose of a compound of the invention for delivery to the patient. It will be appreciated that he overall daily dose with an aerosol will vary from patient to patient, and may be administered in a single dose or, more usually, in divided doses throughout the day. Alternatively, the compounds of the invention can be administered in the form of a suppository or pessary, or they may be applied topically in the form of a lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder. The compounds of the invention may also be transdermally administered, for example, by the use of a skin patch. They may also be administered by the ocular route, particularly for treating diseases of the eye. For ophthalmic use, the compounds of the invention can be formulated as micronised suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted, sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted, sterile saline, optionally in combination with a preservative such as a benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, they may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum. For application topically to the skin, the compounds of the invention can be formulated as a suitable ointment containing the active compound suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture with one or more of the following: mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, they can be formulated as a suitable lotion or cream, suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following: mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, a polyethylene glycol, liquid paraffin, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water. Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavoured basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouth-washes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier. Generally, in humans, oral or topical administration of the compounds of the invention is the preferred route, as they are the most convenient. In circumstances where the recipient suffers from a swallowing disorder or from impairment of drug absorption after oral administration, the drug may be administered parenterally, e.g. sublingually or buccally. For veterinary use, a compound of the invention is administered as a suitably acceptable formulation in accordance with normal veterinary practice and the veterinary surgeon will determine the dosing regimen and route of administration which will be most appropriate for a particular animal. Example 45 – Preparation of MMAF-C₅-NHS ester (78) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a solution of MMAF (0.1 g, 0.177 mmol) in DMF (4 ml) was added DIPEA (0.12 ml) and glutaric anhydride (50.5 mg, 0.44 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred under N2 atmosphere for 16h. The solvents were evaporated in vacuo and the obtained crude compound was purified on Prep HPLC using Phenomenex Synergi Polar-RP column (Eluents: A= 0.1% TFA in Water, B=MeCN) gradient- 0 to 11 Min: 15 to 40% B, 11 to 24 min: 40 to 55% B, 24 to 35 min: 55 to 85% B. compound collected at tR 16.4 min and lyophilised to give a white solid (81%). HRMS: ESI m / z Found 846.5200 [M+H]+ calculated 846.5228 for C44H72N5O11 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.22 (s, 1H), 7.46 – 6.98 (m, 5H), 4.93 – 4.38 <semantics>(m,3H),4.04(dd,J=13.7,9.9Hz,2H),3.66(dq,J=12.8,6.4Hz,4H),3.50−3.37<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m, 3H), 4.04 (dd, J = 13.7, 9.9 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (dq, J = 12.8, 6.4 Hz, 4H), 3.50 - 3.37< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 6H), 3.29 – 3.15 (m, 9H), 3.15 – 3.00 (m, 4H), 2.94 – 2.65 (m, 12H), 2.30 (t, J <semantics>=7.4 Hz,12H,1.94 (p, J=6.6 Hz,3H),1.76 (p, J=7.4 Hz,9H),1.51−1.22 (m, J=7.4 Hz,9Hz)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">= 7.4 \text{ Hz}, 12\text{H}, 1.94 \text{ (p, J} = 6.6 \text{ Hz}, 3\text{H}), 1.76 \text{ (p, J} = 7.4 \text{ Hz}, 9\text{H}), 1.51 - 1.22 \text{ (m, J} = 7.4 \text{ Hz}, 9\text{Hz})< / annotation>< / semantics> 28H), <semantics>1.13<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.13< / annotation>< / semantics> (dt, <semantics>J=19.1<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 19.1< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>6.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">6.8< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, <semantics>6H<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">6H< / annotation>< / semantics>), <semantics>1.04−0.69<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.04 - 0.69< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, <semantics>20H<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">20H< / annotation>< / semantics>). To a solution of MMAF-C5 (50 mg, 0.05 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was added DIPEA (15 µl) and TSTU (18 mg, 0.05mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred under N2 atmosphere for 4h. The solvents were evaporated in vacuo and the obtained crude compound was purified on Prep HPLC using Phenomenex Synergi Polar-RP column (Eluents: A= 0.1% TFA in Water, B=MeCN) gradient- 0 to 11 Min: 15 to 40% B, 11 to 24 min: 40 to 55% B, 24 to 35 min: 55 to 85% B. The desired compound was collected at tR 20.4 min and lyophilised to give a white solid (22 mg, 40%). HRMS: ESI m / z Found 943.5416 [M+H]+ calculated 943.5392 for C48H75N6O13 Example 46 – Preparation of MMAF-C5-NHS ester by direct activation [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a solution of MMAF (50 mg, 0.06 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 ml) was added DIPEA (0.1 ml) and Di(N-succinimidyl) glutarate (193 mg, 0.6 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred under N₂ atmosphere for 72h. The solvents were evaporated in vacuo and the obtained crude compound was purified on Prep HPLC using Phenomenex Synergi Polar-RP column (Eluents: A= 0.1% TFA in Water, B=MeCN) gradient- 0 to 11 Min: 15 to 40% B, 11 to 24 min: 40 to 55% B, 24 to 35 min: 55 to 85% B. The desired compound was collected at tR 20.4 min and lyophilised to give a white solid (10 mg, 18%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 8.34 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.14 – 6.90 (m, 5H), 4.41 <semantics>(dt,J=11.3,4.8Hz,1H),4.22(t,J=8.1Hz,1H),3.74(dd,J=10.0,4.4Hz,1H),<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(dt, J = 11.3, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (t, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (dd, J = 10.0, 4.4 Hz, 1H),< / annotation>< / semantics> <semantics>3.10−2.90<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.10 - 2.90< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 8H), <semantics>2.88−2.66<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.88 - 2.66< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 6H), <semantics>2.54−2.41<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.54 - 2.41< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 2H), <semantics>2.28<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.28< / annotation>< / semantics> (p, J = 1.8 Hz, 38H), <semantics>2.07−1.90<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.07 - 1.90< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 3H), <semantics>1.74−1.31<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.74 - 1.31< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 5H), <semantics>1.14<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.14< / annotation>< / semantics> (d, <semantics>J=48.5<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 48.5< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 3H), <semantics>0.88−1.00<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">0.88 - 1.00< / annotation>< / semantics> 0.77 (m, 3H), 0.77 – 0.47 (m, 20H). Example 47 – Preparation of MMAE-PAB-Cit-Val-C5-NHS (82) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a solution of MMAE (0.15 g, 0.18 mmol) and Fmoc-Val-Cit-PAB-PNP 13 (0.152) g, 0.19 mmol) in DMF (1.5 ml), was added HOBt (58 mg, 0.36 mmol), pyridine (0.12 ml) and DIPEA (31 μl). The reaction mixture was stirred under N₂ atmosphere at room temperature for 24h. Solvents were evaporated in vacuo and the residue triturated with ethyl acetate. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate, dried to give 79. LC-MS ESI m / z 1367.7 [M+Na]+ This was used directly without further purification. A solution Fmoc- Val-Cit-PAB-MMAE 79 (0.3 g, 0.22 mmol) in DMF (1.5 ml) and diethylamine (1.12 ml) was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo. The product was precipitated in diethyl ether and filtered affording 0.15g of 80 as an off white powder which was used without further purification. LC-MS ESI m / z 1145.6 [M+Na]+ 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 10.20 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), <semantics>8.07(d,J=4.9Hz,4H),7.61(dd,J=26.0,8.3Hz,2H),7.45−7.21(m,7H),7.18<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">8.07 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 4H), 7.61 (dd, J = 26.0, 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.45 - 7.21 (m, 7H), 7.18< / annotation>< / semantics> <semantics>(dd,J=8.9,6.3Hz,1H),6.04(s,1H),5.48(s,2H),5.21−4.88(m,2H),4.63−4.37<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(dd, J = 8.9, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 5.21 - 4.88 (m, 2H), 4.63 - 4.37< / annotation>< / semantics> <semantics>(m,4H),4.26(t,J=11.7Hz,1H),3.98(m,3H),3.33−3.08(m,12H),3.10−2.69<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m, 4H), 4.26 (t, J = 11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (m, 3H), 3.33 - 3.08 (m, 12H), 3.10 - 2.69< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 8H), 2.27 – 1.88 (m, 5H), 1.90 – 1.66 (m, 5H), 1.64 – 1.19 (m, 7H), 1.15 – 0.52 <semantics>(m,36H)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m, 36H)< / annotation>< / semantics>. To a solution of compound H-Val-Cit-PAB-MMAE 80 (0.1 g, 0.177 mmol) in DMF (4 ml) was added DIPEA (0.12 ml) and glutaric anhydride (50.5 mg, 0.44 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred under N2 atmosphere for 16h. The solvents were evaporated in vacuo, the obtained crude compound 81 was washed with diethyl ether and used directly foin the next step. HRMS: ESI m / z Found 1237.7526 [M+Na]+ calculated 1237.7448 for C63H101N10O15 To a solution of MMAE-PAB-Cit-Val-C5 81 (0.1 g, 0.08 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) was added DIPEA (29 µl) and TSTU (38 mg, 0.12 mmol) at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred under N2 atmosphere for 3h. The solvents were evaporated in vacuo and the obtained product was purified on Prep HPLC using Phenomenex Synergi Polar-RP column (Eluents: A= 0.1% TFA in Water, B=MeCN) gradient- 0 to 14 Min: 15 to 85% B, the desired compound was collected at tR 10.1 min and lyophilised to give a white powder (40%). HRMS: ESI m / z Found 1356.7623 [M+Na]+ calculated 1356.7431 for C67H103N11O17Na 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 9.79 (s, 1H), 8.05 – 7.79 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, J = 8.6) Hz, 2H), <semantics>7.37<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">7.37< / annotation>< / semantics> (d, <semantics>J=8.0<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.0< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 3H), <semantics>7.25−7.00<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">7.25 - 7.00< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 7H), <semantics>6.96<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">6.96< / annotation>< / semantics> (t, <semantics>J=7.2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 7.2< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), <semantics>4.85<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">4.85< / annotation>< / semantics> (d, <semantics>J=15.3 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 15.3 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, 4H), <semantics>4.55−4.09 (m, 10H)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">4.55 - 4.09 \text{ (m, } 10\text{H)}< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>4.00−3.56 (m, 12H)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">4.00 - 3.56 \text{ (m, } 12\text{H)}< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>3.13−2.85 (m, 12H)<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.13 - 2.85 \text{ (m, } 12\text{H)}< / annotation>< / semantics> 12H), 2.75 (s, 5H), <semantics>2.67−2.58<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.67 - 2.58< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 7H), <semantics>2.54−2.36<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.54 - 2.36< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 4H), <semantics>2.28<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.28< / annotation>< / semantics> (p, <semantics>J=1.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 1.8< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 88H), 2.14 – 1.99 (m, 4H), 1.95 – 1.67 (m, 5H), 1.68 – 1.40 (m, 8H), 1.39 – 0.93 <semantics>(m,7H),0.90−0.31(m,40H).<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m, 7H), 0.90 - 0.31 (m, 40H).< / annotation>< / semantics> Example 48 – Preparation of MMAE-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG5-NHS ester (84) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a solution of compound H-Val-Cit-PAB-MMAE 80 (0.2 g, 0.177 mmol) in DMF (7 ml) was added DIPEA (0.1 ml) and Acid-dPEG5-NHS (50.5 mg, 0.21 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred under N₂ atmosphere for 16h. The solvents were evaporated in vacuo, the obtained crude compound 83 was washed with diethyl ether and directly used for the next step. LC-MS ESI m / z 1466.6 [M+Na]+ To a solution of Acid-dPEG5-Val-Cit-PAB-MMAE 83 (0.25 g, 0.17 mmol) in DMF (7 ml) was added DIPEA (0.15 ml) and TSTU (120 mg, 0.39 mmol) at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred under N2 atmosphere for 3h. The solvents were evaporated in vacuo and the crude product was purified on Biotage flash purification system using C18 column to yield the compound NHS-PEG5- Val- Cit-PAB-MMAE 84 as a white solid after lyophilisation, MS: ESI m / z 1562.9 [M+Na]+ 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 10.03 – 9.96 (m, 1H), 8.12 (dd, <semantics>J<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J< / annotation>< / semantics> = 19.3, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (t, <semantics>J=8.9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 8.9< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), 7.69 – 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.38 – 7.23 (m, 5H), 7.23 – 7.13 (m, 1H), 5.11 – 4.93 (m, 2H), 4.52 – 4.33 (m, 3H), 4.32 – 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.99 (m, 2H), <semantics>3.83−3.68<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.83 - 3.68< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 2H), <semantics>3.65−3.41<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.65 - 3.41< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 17H), <semantics>3.22<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.22< / annotation>< / semantics> (dd, <semantics>J=19.9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 19.9< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>8.6<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">8.6< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, <semantics>6H<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">6H< / annotation>< / semantics>), <semantics>3.12<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.12< / annotation>< / semantics> (s, 1H), <semantics>3.10−2.74<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.10 - 2.74< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 12H), <semantics>2.42<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.42< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 12H), <semantics>2.26<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.26< / annotation>< / semantics> (dd, <semantics>J=15.9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 15.9< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>9.2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">9.2< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), <semantics>2.19−1.90<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.19 - 1.90< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 4H), <semantics>1.79−1.65<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.79 - 1.65< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 3H), <semantics>1.65−1.52<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.65 - 1.52< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 2H), <semantics>1.52−1.31<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.52 - 1.31< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 3H), <semantics>1.08−0.96<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.08 - 0.96< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 6H), <semantics>0.96−0.71<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">0.96 - 0.71< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 23H). Example 49 – Preparation of MMAE-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG9-NHS ester (86) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] MMAE-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG9-NHS ester 86 was prepared as example 47 by reacting H-Val-Cit-PAB-MMAE 80 with Acid-dPEG9-NHS followed by activation with TSTU. The crude, obtained after evaporation was purified on Biotage flash purification system using C18 column to yield the compound MMAE-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG9-NHS 86 as a white solid after lyophilisation, MS: ESI m / z 1718.3093 [M+H]* Example 50 – Preparation of Auristatin F-C5-NHS ester (88) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] Auristatin F (0.1 g, 0.116 mmol) and HATU (40 mg, 0.104 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 ml) and DIPEA (40 µl) was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 min and then added dropwise to a solution of 5- Aminovaleric acid (15 mg, 0.127 mmol) in DMF (2 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4h and evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was purified on Biotage flash purification system using C18 column to yield the compound Auristatin F-C₅ acid 87 as a white solid (85 mg, 84%). LC-MS ESI m / z 867.5 [M+Na]+ To a solution of the Auristatin F-C5 acid 87 (70 mg, 0.08 mmol) in DIPEA (72 μl) and DMF (3 ml) was added TSTU (57 mg 0.19 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1h. The solvents were evaporated in vacuo and the crude compound was purified on Biotage flash purification system using C18 column to yield the compound Auristatin F-C5-NHS ester 88 as a white solid after lyophilisation(46 mg, 59%). LC-MS ESI m / z 964.5 [M+Na]+ 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 9.57 (s, 1H), 8.94 (q, J = 7.9, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.05 – <semantics>7.84(m,1H),7.31−7.10(m,5H),4.60(m,2H),3.99(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),3.84−<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">7.84 (m, 1H), 7.31 - 7.10 (m, 5H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 3.99 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.84 -< / annotation>< / semantics> <semantics>3.73(m,2H),3.70(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),3.50(td,J=14.0,7.5Hz,1H),3.32−3.10<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.73 (m, 2H), 3.70 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.50 (td, J = 14.0, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.32 - 3.10< / annotation>< / semantics> <semantics>(m,9H),2.99(m,6H),2.84−2.58(m,14H),2.45(dd,J=14.9,5.0Hz,4H),2.37<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m, 9H), 2.99 (m, 6H), 2.84 - 2.58 (m, 14H), 2.45 (dd, J = 14.9, 5.0 Hz, 4H), 2.37< / annotation>< / semantics> <semantics>−2.22<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">-2.22< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 3H), 2.01 (dd, <semantics>J=12.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 12.8< / annotation>< / semantics>, 5.7 Hz, 1H), <semantics>1.94−1.73<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.94 - 1.73< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 3H), <semantics>1.59−1.36<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.59 - 1.36< / annotation>< / semantics> <semantics>(m,5H),1.08−0.71(m,25H).<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">(m, 5H), 1.08 - 0.71 (m, 25H).< / annotation>< / semantics> Example 51 – Preparation of Maytansinol DM1-dPEG4-NHS ester (89) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a solution of DM1 (0.1 g, 0.135 mmol) in THF was added Et3N (18.9 μl) followed by addition of the Mal-dPEG4-NHS (77 mg, 0.15 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature under N2 atmosphere for 1h and the solvents were removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified on Biotage flash purification system using C18 column to yield the compound DM1-dPEG5-NHS as a white solid after lyophilisation (105 mg, 75%). LC-MS ESI m / z 1274.60 [M+Na]+ 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 8.01 (q, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 8.1, 1.8 Hz, 1H), <semantics>6.90<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">6.90< / annotation>< / semantics> (s, 1H), <semantics>6.68−6.46<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">6.68 - 6.46< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 3H), <semantics>5.55<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">5.55< / annotation>< / semantics> (dd, <semantics>J=12.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 12.8< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>8.9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">8.9< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 1H), <semantics>5.31<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">5.31< / annotation>< / semantics> (q, <semantics>J=12.8<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 12.8< / annotation>< / semantics>) <semantics>6.7 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">6.7 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>1H<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1\text{H}< / annotation>< / semantics>), <semantics>4.52 (dd, J=12.1,2.9 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">4.52 \text{ (dd, J} = 12.1, 2.9 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>1H<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1\text{H}< / annotation>< / semantics>), <semantics>4.07 (t, J=10.8 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">4.07 \text{ (t, J} = 10.8 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics>, <semantics>2H<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2\text{H}< / annotation>< / semantics>), <semantics>3.93 (d, J=10.8 Hz<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.93 \text{ (d, J} = 10.8 \text{ Hz}< / annotation>< / semantics> 1.5 Hz, 4H), 3.85 (dd, <semantics>J=9.0<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 9.0< / annotation>< / semantics>, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (t, <semantics>J=6.0<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.0< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), 3.63 – 3.41 (m, 18H), <semantics>3.37<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.37< / annotation>< / semantics> (t, <semantics>J=5.9<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 5.9< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, <semantics>3H<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3H< / annotation>< / semantics>), <semantics>3.32−3.07<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.32 - 3.07< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, <semantics>11H<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">11H< / annotation>< / semantics>), <semantics>3.07−2.86<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">3.07 - 2.86< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, <semantics>6H<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">6H< / annotation>< / semantics>), <semantics>2.79<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">2.79< / annotation>< / semantics> (d, <semantics>J<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J< / annotation>< / semantics> <semantics>=11.6 Hz,7H,2.71 (s, 4H),2.25 (m, 4H),2.04 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H),1.59 (s, 4H),<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">= 11.6 \text{ Hz}, 7\text{H}, 2.71 \text{ (s, 4H)}, 2.25 \text{ (m, 4H)}, 2.04 \text{ (d, J} = 14.4 \text{ Hz, 1H)}, 1.59 \text{ (s, 4H)},< / annotation>< / semantics> <semantics>1.55−1.34<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.55 - 1.34< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 3H), <semantics>1.33−1.03<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">1.33 - 1.03< / annotation>< / semantics> (m, 8H), <semantics>0.78<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">0.78< / annotation>< / semantics> (d, <semantics>J=2.1<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 2.1< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 3H). Example 52 – Preparation of Maytansinol DM1-dPEG12-NHS ester (90) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred and degassed solution of DM1 (0.05 g, 0.1678 mmol) in THF (3 ml) was added Et3N (9.45 μl) followed by addition of the Mal-dPEG9-NHS (58.7 mg, 0.1678 mmol) dissolved in THF (4 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature under N2 atmosphere for 3h and the solvents were removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified on Biotage flash purification system using C18 column to yield the compound DM1-dPEG12-NHS 90 as a white solid after lyophilisation (31 mg, 28%). LC-MS ESI m / z 1625.9 [M+Na]+ Example 53 – Preparation of Ellipticine-(DNMEA)-PAB-Cit-Val-dPEG3-NHS ester (95) [Image disponible dans le document PDF, Image available in the PDF document] To a stirred solution of N, N'-dimethylethylene diamine (3.66 mL, 34 mmol) in dichloromethane (40 mL) at 0°C was added dropwise a solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (2.4 g, 11 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) and allowed to warm to room temperature overnight, concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with water (2 × 100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title product 91 as a colourless oil (1.54 g, 74% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics> 3.26 (t, <semantics>J=6.15<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.15< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.66 (t, <semantics>J=6.57<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">J = 6.57< / annotation>< / semantics> Hz, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 9.28 (s, 9H) ppm. To a stirred solution of 9-hydroxyellipticine (80 mg, 0.27 mmol), DMAP (32 mg, 0.27 mmol) and triethylamine (261 µL, 1.88 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at 0°C, was added a solution of 4-nitrophenylchloroformate (81 mg, 0.40 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL), warmed to room temperature over 2 h, to which was added a solution of BOC- diamine 91 (151 mg, 0.80 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL), stirred overnight at room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed (0-20%) MeOH in CH2Cl2) to give BOC-amine-ellipticine 92 as a yellow solid (92 mg, 72% yield). <semantics>Rf=0.47<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">R_f = 0.47< / annotation>< / semantics> (10 % MeOH in <semantics>CH2Cl2<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">CH_2Cl_2< / annotation>< / semantics>), IR <semantics>vmax<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">v_{max}< / annotation>< / semantics> 3377, 2976, 2088, 1701, 1674, 1601, 1462, 1397, 1191, 1144, 1030, 816, 790, 721 cm-1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) <semantics>δ<annotation encoding="application / x-tex">\delta< / annotation>< / semantics>...

Claims

<pat:ClaimStatement>CLAIMS< / pat:ClaimStatement> <pat:Claims com:id="claims"> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00001"> <pat:ClaimNumber>1< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>1. A compound comprising therapeutic agents coupled to a carrier molecule, with a minimum coupling ratio of 5:1; wherein the carrier molecule is an antibody fragment selected from scFv, Fv, dsFv, bs-scFv, di-scFvs (also known as bi-scFvs), and diabodies; and wherein the therapeutic agents are each coupled onto a separate surface lysine amino acid residue; and further wherein the therapeutic agents are not photosensitising agents, wherein the therapeutic agents are selected from the group consisting of a DNA-binding drug, a microtubule destabilising agent, and a topoisomerase inhibitor, and wherein the coupled lysine amino acid residues of the carrier molecule are not adjacent in a primary amino acid sequence of the carrier molecule, and are not within 3 angstroms in a three-dimensional structure of the carrier molecule. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00002"> <pat:ClaimNumber>2< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>2. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the therapeutic agents, when coupled to the carrier molecule, are separated by a distance of at least two amino acids (3.5 to 7.5 angstroms). < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00003"> <pat:ClaimNumber>3< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>3. The compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the therapeutic agents, when coupled to the carrier molecule, are separated by a distance of two amino acids (3.5 to 7.5 angstroms), three amino acids (9 to 12 angstroms), four amino acids (10 to 15 angstroms), five amino acids (15 to 20 angstroms) or six amino acids (20 to 25 angstroms). < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00004"> <pat:ClaimNumber>4< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>4. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the therapeutic agents are directly coupled to the carrier molecule at the surface lysine amino acid residue. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00005"> <pat:ClaimNumber>5< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>5. The compound according to claim 4, wherein the direct coupling to the surface lysine amino acid residue is via an N-hydroxy-succinimide ester. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00006"> <pat:ClaimNumber>6< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>6. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the therapeutic agents are indirectly coupled to the carrier molecule at the surface lysine amino acid residue, wherein the indirect coupling is via an amino group derivatised with a bifunctional linker to generate a secondary reactive group. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00007"> <pat:ClaimNumber>7< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>7. The compound according to claim 6, wherein the indirect coupling to the surface lysine amino acid residue is via a thiol or maleimide. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00008"> <pat:ClaimNumber>8< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>8. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the carrier molecule binds selectively to a target. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00009"> <pat:ClaimNumber>9< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>9. The compound of claim 8, wherein the target is a target cell or an extracellular target molecule. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00010"> <pat:ClaimNumber>10< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>10. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the carrier molecule is humanised or human. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00011"> <pat:ClaimNumber>11< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>11. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the carrier molecule binds specifically to human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 (HER2), epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), human epidermal growth factor receptor 3 (HER3), mucin 1 (MUC1), epithelial cellular adhesion molecule (EpCAM), carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA), Fibronectin-extradomain-B (fibronectin-EDB), CD19, CD20, CD22, Lewis Y (LeY), CD30, CD33, CD79b, glycoprotein NMB (GPNMB), prostate specific membrane antigen (PSMA), CD56, CD37, Folate receptor, Carbonic anhydrase VI (CA6), CD27L, mucin 16 (MUC16), CD66e, CD74, Tumour-associated calcium signal transducer 2 (Trop-2) or guanylate cyclase. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00012"> <pat:ClaimNumber>12< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>12. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the therapeutic agents are a cytotoxic agent or a cytostatic agent. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00013"> <pat:ClaimNumber>13< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>13. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the therapeutic agents are selected from cemadotin, N,N'-dimethylvalyl-valyl-N-methylvalyl-prolyl-proline (P5), 5-(1-(N-dimethylvalylvalyl-N-methylvalylprolyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamido) pentanoic acid (P5-C5), doxorubicin, ellipticine, monomethyl auristatin E (MMAE), paclitaxel, auristatins, maytansines, dolastatins, camptothecin, 7-Ethyl-10 hydroxycamptothecin (SN-38), pyrrolobenzodiazepine dimers (PBDs), PNU 159862, indolino-benzodiazepine dimers (IGNs) and monomethyl auristatin F (MMAF). < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00014"> <pat:ClaimNumber>14< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>14. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agents are cemadotin. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00015"> <pat:ClaimNumber>15< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>15. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agents are doxorubicin. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00016"> <pat:ClaimNumber>16< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>16. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agents are ellipticine. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00017"> <pat:ClaimNumber>17< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>17. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agents are MMAE. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00018"> <pat:ClaimNumber>18< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>18. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agents are P5-C5. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00019"> <pat:ClaimNumber>19< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>19. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agents are a maytansine. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00020"> <pat:ClaimNumber>20< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>20. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agents are a pyrrolobenzodiazepine dimer (PBD). < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00021"> <pat:ClaimNumber>21< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>21. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the carrier molecule is an scFv and the therapeutic agents are MMAF. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00022"> <pat:ClaimNumber>22< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>22. The compound of any one of claims 14 to 21, wherein the scFv binds specifically to HER2. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00023"> <pat:ClaimNumber>23< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>23. The compound of claim 22, wherein the scFv has the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 4 or SEQ ID NO:

5. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00024"> <pat:ClaimNumber>24< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>24. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of claims 1 to 23, and a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00025"> <pat:ClaimNumber>25< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>25. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 23, or the composition as defined in claim 24 for use in the diagnosis, treatment and / or prevention of a disease selected from cancer, infectious diseases selected from bacterial, viral, fungal, trypanosome, nematode and prion infections, cardiovascular disease, and autoimmune disease. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00026"> <pat:ClaimNumber>26< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>26. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 23, or composition as defined in claim 24 for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and / or prevention of a disease selected from cancer, infectious diseases selected from bacterial, viral, fungal, trypanosome, nematode and prion infections, cardiovascular disease, and autoimmune disease. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00027"> <pat:ClaimNumber>27< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>27. The compound or composition for use according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the disease is selected from cancer of the colon, lung, breast, head / neck, prostate, skin, stomach / gastrointestinal, bladder, glioma, renal, ovarian, thyroid and bone. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00028"> <pat:ClaimNumber>28< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>28. A process of making the compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 23, comprising the steps of: (i) providing the therapeutic agents as defined in any one of claims 1 to 23; (ii) providing the carrier molecule as defined in any one of claims 1 to 23; (iii) coupling the therapeutic agents and the carrier molecule in the presence of at least one polar aprotic solvent and an aqueous buffer. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00029"> <pat:ClaimNumber>29< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>29. The process according to claim 28 wherein the at least one polar aprotic solvent is selected from the group consisting of: dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO); acetonitrile; N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF); hexamethylphosphoramide (HMPA); dioxane; tetrahydrofuran (THF); carbon disulfide; glyme; diglyme; 2-butanone (MEK); sulpholane; nitromethane; N-methylpyrrolidone; pyridine; and acetone. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00030"> <pat:ClaimNumber>30< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>30. The process according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the step of coupling the therapeutic agents and the carrier molecule is conducted at a temperature between 0 °C and 37°C. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00031"> <pat:ClaimNumber>31< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>31. The process according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein the step of coupling the therapeutic agents and the carrier molecule is conducted at a pH between 6.0 and 10.

0. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00032"> <pat:ClaimNumber>32< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>32. The process according to any one of claims 28 to 31, wherein the step of coupling the therapeutic agents and the carrier molecule is conducted for between 0.1 hours and 48 hours. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00033"> <pat:ClaimNumber>33< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>33. The process according to any one of claims 28 to 32 further comprising the step of: (iv) combining the compound with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier to form a pharmaceutical composition. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00034"> <pat:ClaimNumber>34< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>34. A use of the compound of any one of claims 1 to 23, or the composition as defined by claim 24 for the diagnosis, treatment and / or prevention of a disease selected from cancer, infectious diseases selected from bacterial, viral, fungal, trypanosome, nematode and prion infections, cardiovascular disease, and autoimmune disease. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> <pat:Claim com:id="CLM-00035"> <pat:ClaimNumber>35< / pat:ClaimNumber> <pat:ClaimText>35. The use according to claim 34, wherein the disease is selected from cancer of the colon, lung, breast, head / neck, prostate, skin, stomach / gastrointestinal, bladder, glioma, renal, ovarian, thyroid and bone. < / pat:ClaimText> < / pat:Claim> < / pat:Claims>